Sunteți pe pagina 1din 211

SingleRAN

ALD Management Feature Parameter


Description
Issue

02

Date

2014-06-30

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2014. All rights reserved.


No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions


and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address:

Huawei Industrial Base


Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website:

http://www.huawei.com

Email:

support@huawei.com

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Contents

Contents
1 About This Document..................................................................................................................1
1.1 Scope..............................................................................................................................................................................1
1.2 Intended Audience..........................................................................................................................................................2
1.3 Change History...............................................................................................................................................................2
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types.......................................................................................................................3

2 Overview.........................................................................................................................................4
2.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................................................................4
2.2 RET Antenna................................................................................................................................................................12
2.3 TMA.............................................................................................................................................................................13
2.4 SASU............................................................................................................................................................................14
2.5 AAS Module.................................................................................................................................................................14
2.5.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................14
2.5.2 AAS Modules with Passive Antennas.......................................................................................................................14

3 ALD Device Data Configuration..............................................................................................16


4 ALD Management Functions....................................................................................................17
4.1 RET Antenna Functions...............................................................................................................................................17
4.1.1 Connections Between RET Antennas and RRUs/RFUs............................................................................................17
4.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas....................................................................................................................................26
4.2 TMA Functions.............................................................................................................................................................28
4.2.1 Connections Between the TMA, RRU/RFU, and RET Antenna..............................................................................28
4.2.2 Operations on the TMA.............................................................................................................................................34
4.3 SASU Functions...........................................................................................................................................................35
4.3.1 Connections Between the SASU, RRU/RFU, and RET Antenna.............................................................................35
4.3.2 Operations on the SASU............................................................................................................................................37
4.4 AAS Functions.............................................................................................................................................................38
4.4.1 Connections Between the AAS Module with Passive Antennas, RRU/RFU, and BBU...........................................38
4.4.2 Operations on AAS Modules.....................................................................................................................................41

5 Related Features...........................................................................................................................43
6 Impact on the Network...............................................................................................................44
7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on Multimode Base Station).......45
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ii

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Contents

7.1 When to Use ALD Management..................................................................................................................................45


7.2 Required Information...................................................................................................................................................45
7.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................45
7.4 Deployment..................................................................................................................................................................45
7.4.1 Requirements.............................................................................................................................................................45
7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs).....................................................................................................................46
7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules)...............................................................................................................................49
7.4.4 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................49
7.4.5 Initial Configuration..................................................................................................................................................50
7.4.6 Commissioning..........................................................................................................................................................51
7.4.7 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................52
7.4.8 Deactivation...............................................................................................................................................................52
7.4.9 Reconfiguration.........................................................................................................................................................52
7.5 Performance Monitoring...............................................................................................................................................53
7.6 Parameter Optimization................................................................................................................................................53
7.7 Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................................................53

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)


............................................................................................................................................................54
8.1 When to Use ALD Management..................................................................................................................................54
8.2 Required Information...................................................................................................................................................54
8.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................54
8.4 Deployment..................................................................................................................................................................54
8.4.1 Requirements.............................................................................................................................................................54
8.4.2 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................55
8.4.3 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................76
8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI...............................................................................................................................79
8.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands..................................................................80
8.4.6 Commissioning..........................................................................................................................................................85
8.4.7 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................85
8.4.8 Deactivation...............................................................................................................................................................86
8.4.9 Reconfiguration.........................................................................................................................................................86
8.5 Performance Monitoring...............................................................................................................................................88
8.6 Parameter Optimization................................................................................................................................................88
8.7 Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................................................88

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on GBTS Side)...............................89


9.1 When to Use ALD Management..................................................................................................................................89
9.2 Required Information...................................................................................................................................................89
9.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................89
9.4 Deployment..................................................................................................................................................................89
9.4.1 Requirements.............................................................................................................................................................89
9.4.2 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................89
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iii

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Contents

9.4.3 Precautions...............................................................................................................................................................108
9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI.............................................................................................................................109
9.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands................................................................110
9.4.6 Commissioning........................................................................................................................................................113
9.4.7 Activation Observation............................................................................................................................................113
9.4.8 Deactivation.............................................................................................................................................................113
9.4.9 Reconfiguration.......................................................................................................................................................113
9.5 Performance Monitoring.............................................................................................................................................114
9.6 Parameter Optimization..............................................................................................................................................114
9.7 Troubleshooting..........................................................................................................................................................115

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment).................................................116


10.1 When to Use ALD Automatic Deployment.............................................................................................................116
10.2 Required Information...............................................................................................................................................116
10.3 Planning....................................................................................................................................................................116
10.4 Deployment..............................................................................................................................................................116
10.4.1 Process...................................................................................................................................................................117
10.4.2 Requirements.........................................................................................................................................................117
10.4.3 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................118
10.4.4 Creating an ALD Automatic Deployment Task....................................................................................................122
10.4.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................124
10.4.6 Commissioning......................................................................................................................................................127
10.4.7 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................127
10.4.8 Checking that ALD Automatic Deployment Is Complete.....................................................................................128
10.4.9 Deactivation...........................................................................................................................................................128
10.4.10 Reconfiguration...................................................................................................................................................130
10.5 Performance Monitoring...........................................................................................................................................131
10.6 Parameter Optimization............................................................................................................................................131
10.7 Troubleshooting........................................................................................................................................................132
10.8 Appendix: ALD Automatic Configuration Process..................................................................................................133

11 Parameters.................................................................................................................................151
12 Counters....................................................................................................................................204
13 Glossary.....................................................................................................................................205
14 Reference Documents.............................................................................................................206

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iv

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

1 About This Document

About This Document

1.1 Scope
This document describes antenna line device (ALD) management and provides engineering
guidelines. ALD management involves two GSM basic features, three UMTS basic features,
and one LTE optional feature, as listed in Table 1-1.
Table 1-1 Features related to ALD management
Mode

Feature ID

Feature Name

GSM

MRFD-210601

Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted


Amplifier)

MRFD-210602

Remote Electrical Tilt

MRFD-210601

Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted


Amplifier)

MRFD-210602

Remote Electrical Tilt

WRFD-060003

Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900 MHz)

LTE FDD

LOFD-001024

Remote Electrical Tilt Control

LTE TDD

TDLOFD-001024

Remote Electrical Tilt Control

UMTS

This document applies to macro base stations (BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL,
BTS3900C, and DBS3900) and LampSite base stations.
Any managed objects (MOs), parameters, alarms, or counters described below correspond to
the software release delivered with this document. Any future updates will be described in the
product documentation delivered with the latest software release.
In this document, the following naming conventions apply for LTE terms.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

1 About This Document

Includes FDD and TDD

Includes FDD Only

Includes TDD Only

LTE

LTE FDD

LTE TDD

eNodeB

LTE FDD eNodeB

LTE TDD eNodeB

In addition, the "G", "U", "L", and "T" in RAT acronyms refer to GSM, UMTS, LTE FDD and
LTE TDD, respectively.

1.2 Intended Audience


This document is intended for personnel who:
l

Need to understand the features described herein

Work with Huawei products

1.3 Change History


This section provides information about the changes in different document versions.
There are two types of changes, which are defined as follows:
l

Feature change
Changes in features of a specific product version.

Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier version.

SRAN9.0 02 (2014-06-30)
Compared with Issue 01 (2014-04-21), Issue 02 (2014-06-30) includes the following changes.
Change Type

Change Description

Parameter Change

Feature change

None

None

Editorial change

Optimized the description about


the AAS module with passive
antennas to prevent incorrect
configuration.

None

SRAN9.0 01 (2014-04-21)
This issue does not include any changes.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

1 About This Document

SRAN9.0 Draft B (2014-02-28)


Compared with Issue Draft A (2014-01-20), Draft B (2014-02-28) includes the following
changes.
Change Type

Change Description

Parameter
Change

Feature change

None

None

Editorial change

Added a description of how to choose the method


of configuring ALD device data. For details, see
sections 3 ALD Device Data Configuration.

None

SRAN9.0 Draft A (2014-01-20)


Compared with Issue 03 (2013-12-23) of SRAN8.0, Draft A (2014-01-20) of SRAN9.0 includes
the following changes.
Change Type

Change Description

Parameter
Change

Feature change

Added a description of ALD automatic


deployment. For details, see sections 10
Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic
Deployment).

None

Added descriptions of running the DSP


BTSRETSUBUNIT (GBTS) or
DSP RETSUBUNIT (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)
command to query the name of the last loaded
configuration file and the load time in section
4.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas.
Editorial change

None

None

1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types


The features described in this document are implemented in the same way on macro base stations
and LampSite base stations.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

Overview

2.1 Introduction
ALD is a generic term for antenna devices, such as the remote electrical tilt (RET) antenna,
tower-mounted amplifier (TMA), same-band antenna sharing unit (SASU), and active antenna
system (AAS) module. Currently, a maximum of six ALDs can be cascaded on a control port
of a remote radio unit (RRU)/radio frequency unit (RFU) to enable the RET function, and the
number of each type of ALD varies in different application scenarios.
Table 2-1 lists the capabilities of GSM, UMTS, LTE FDD, and LTE TDD radio access
technology (RAT) systems to configure and manage different types of ALDs. Table legend: Yes:
supported; No: not supported.
Table 2-1 Capabilities of GSM, UMTS, and LTE RAT systems to configure and manage
different types of ALDs
RAT System

RET

TMA

SASU

AAS

GSM

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

UMTS

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

LTE FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

LTE TDD

Yes

No

No

No

NOTE

The RET cannot be used when a 4T4R RRU serves as two 2T2R RRUs in LTE TDD mode.

Table 2-2, Table 2-3, Table 2-4 and Table 2-5 list the capabilities of RF modules to support
different types of ALDs.
Table legend: Yes: supported; No: not supported; /: N/A
If an RF port does not support RET antennas, control signals cannot be transmitted or received
on this RF port.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

Table 2-2 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with two RF ports to support different types of
ALDs

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

RF
Module

RAT
System

RET
(ANT_
A Port)

TMA
(ANT_
A Port)

RET
(ANT_
B Port)

TMA
(ANT_
B Port)

RET
(RET
Port)

TMA
(RET
Port)

DRFU

GSM

No

No

No

No

GRFU

GSM

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

RRU300
4

GSM

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

RRU300
8

GSM

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

WRFU

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

WRFUa

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

WRFUd

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

WRFUe

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

RRU380
1E

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU380
4

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU380
5

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU380
6

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU382
4

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU382
6

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU382
8

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU382
9

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU383
8

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU383
9

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

CRFUd

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

2 Overview

RF
Module

RAT
System

RET
(ANT_
A Port)

TMA
(ANT_
A Port)

RET
(ANT_
B Port)

TMA
(ANT_
B Port)

RET
(RET
Port)

TMA
(RET
Port)

CRFUe

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

LRFU

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

LRFUe

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

RRU320
1

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU320
3

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU322
0

LTE
FDD

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

RRU322
1

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU322
2

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU322
9

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU326
8

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU362
8

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU363
8

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU380
8

UMTS,
LTE
FDD, UL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

MRFU

GSM,
UMTS,
LTE
FDD,
GU, GL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

MRFUd

GSM,
UMTS,
LTE
FDD,
GU, GL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

2 Overview

RF
Module

RAT
System

RET
(ANT_
A Port)

TMA
(ANT_
A Port)

RET
(ANT_
B Port)

TMA
(ANT_
B Port)

RET
(RET
Port)

TMA
(RET
Port)

MRFUe

GSM,
UMTS,
LTE
FDD,
GU, GL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

RRU390
8

GSM,
UMTS,
LTE
FDD,
GU, GL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU392
6

GSM,
UMTS,
LTE
FDD,
GU, GL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU392
8

GSM,
UMTS,
LTE
FDD,
GU, GL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU392
9

GSM,
UMTS,
LTE
FDD,
GU, GL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU393
6

GSM,
UMTS,
LTE
FDD,
GU, GL,
UL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU393
8

GSM,
UMTS,
LTE
FDD,
GU, GL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU393
9

GSM,
LTE
FDD, GL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

RF
Module

RAT
System

RET
(ANT_
A Port)

TMA
(ANT_
A Port)

RET
(ANT_
B Port)

TMA
(ANT_
B Port)

RET
(RET
Port)

TMA
(RET
Port)

RRU396
1

GSM,
UMTS,
LTE
FDD,
GU, GL,
UL, GUL

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

RRU325
1

LTE
TDD

Yes

No

No

No

Yes

No

Table 2-3 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with four RF ports to support different types of
ALDs

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

RF
Modu
le

RAT
Syste
m

RE
T
(AN
T_A
Port
)

TM
A
(AN
T_A
Port
)

RE
T
(AN
T_B
Port
)

TM
A
(AN
T_B
Port
)

RE
T
(AN
T_C
Port
)

TM
A
(AN
T_C
Port
)

RE
T
(AN
T_
D
Port
)

TM
A
(AN
T_D
Port
)

RE
T
(RE
T
Port
)

TM
A
(RE
T
Port
)

RRU3
240

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
260

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
632

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
642

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
841

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
262

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
832

UMT
S,
LTE
FDD,
UL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

RF
Modu
le

RAT
Syste
m

RE
T
(AN
T_A
Port
)

TM
A
(AN
T_A
Port
)

RE
T
(AN
T_B
Port
)

TM
A
(AN
T_B
Port
)

RE
T
(AN
T_C
Port
)

TM
A
(AN
T_C
Port
)

RE
T
(AN
T_
D
Port
)

TM
A
(AN
T_D
Port
)

RE
T
(RE
T
Port
)

TM
A
(RE
T
Port
)

RRU3
942

GSM,
UMT
S,
LTE
FDD,
GU,
GL,
UL

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
232

LTE
TDD

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

RRU3
235

LTE
TDD

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

RRU3
252

LTE
TDD

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

RRU3
256

LTE
TDD

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

RRU3
702

LTE
TDD

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

Table 2-4 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with six RF ports to support RETs
RF
Module

RAT
System

ANT_0
Port

ANT_1
Port

ANT_2
Port

ANT_3
Port

ANT_4
Port

ANT_5
Port

pRRU

UMTS,
LTE
FDD, UL

No

No

No

No

No

No

Table 2-5 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with eight RF ports to support RETs

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

RF
Modu
le

RAT
Syste
m

AN
T_1
Port

AN
T_2
Port

AN
T_3
Port

AN
T_4
Port

AN
T_5
Port

AN
T_6
Port

AN
T_7
Port

AN
T_8
Port

CA
L
Port

RET
Port

RRU3
253

LTE
TDD

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

RF
Modu
le

RAT
Syste
m

AN
T_1
Port

AN
T_2
Port

AN
T_3
Port

AN
T_4
Port

AN
T_5
Port

AN
T_6
Port

AN
T_7
Port

AN
T_8
Port

CA
L
Port

RET
Port

RRU3
259

LTE
TDD

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Table 2-6 lists the capabilities of RF modules to support RET antennas.


Table 2-6 Capabilities of RF modules to support RET antennas

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

RF Module

RAT System

AISG
Protocol
Supported

RET Antenna
Voltage

RET Antenna
Current

DRFU

GSM

1.1

12 V

2.3 A

GRFU

GSM

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3004

GSM

1.1

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3008

GSM

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

WRFU

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

WRFUa

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

WRFUd

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

WRFUe

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3801E

UMTS

1.1

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3804

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3805

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3806

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3824

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3826

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3828

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3829

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3838

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3839

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

CRFUd

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

CRFUe

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

LRFU

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

2 Overview

RF Module

RAT System

AISG
Protocol
Supported

RET Antenna
Voltage

RET Antenna
Current

LRFUe

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3201

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3203

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3220

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3221

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3222

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3229

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3240

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3260

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3268

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3628

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3632

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3638

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3642

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3841

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3262

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3808

UMTS, LTE
FDD, UL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3832

UMTS, LTE
FDD, UL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

MRFU

GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, GU,
GL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

MRFUd

GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, GU,
GL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

MRFUe

GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, GU,
GL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3908

GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, GU,
GL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

RF Module

RAT System

AISG
Protocol
Supported

RET Antenna
Voltage

RET Antenna
Current

RRU3926

GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, GU,
GL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3928

GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, GU,
GL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3929

GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, GU,
GL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3936

GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, GU,
GL, UL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3938

GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, GU,
GL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3939

GSM, LTE
FDD, GL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3942

GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, GU,
GL, UL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3961

GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, GU,
GL, UL, GUL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3702

LTE TDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3232

LTE TDD

1.1/2.0

24 V/12 V

2.3 A

RRU3252

LTE TDD

1.1/2.0

24 V/12 V

2.3 A

RRU3256

LTE TDD

1.1/2.0

24 V/12 V

2.3 A

RRU3235

LTE TDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3253

LTE TDD

1.1/2.0

24 V/12 V

2.3 A

RRU3251

LTE TDD

1.1/2.0

24 V/12 V

2.3 A

RRU3259

LTE TDD

1.1/2.0

24 V/12 V

2.3 A

2.2 RET Antenna


One RET antenna consists of one remote control unit (RCU) and one or more RET subunits.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

12

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

The RCU is the control unit of an RET antenna. It receives and runs the control commands
from the base station and drives the stepper motor. The stepper motor drives the phase
shifter inside the antenna device, and the phase shifter adjusts the antenna tilt. Interface
RS485 functions as the control interface of the RCU.

RET subunits are antenna devices that can be independently controlled.

An RET antenna may comprise more than one RET subunit combined in a single physical entity.
The RET antenna is classified into the following types:
l

A single-antenna RET antenna (SINGLE_RET) has only one RET subunit.

A multi-antenna RET antenna (MULTI_RET) has multiple RET subunits, each of which
supports the configuration file download and downtilt setting. A multi-antenna RET
antenna can be regarded as a set of single-antenna RET antennas installed in a radome.

The RET antenna has the following benefits:


l

Remote adjustment eliminates onsite operations. Antenna maintenance is not subject to site
conditions such as weather and location.

High adjustment efficiency reduces network optimization and maintenance costs.

Adjustable downtilt prevents coverage distortion, which improves signal coverage and
decreases neighboring cell interference.

Compared with antennas with mechanical downtilts, RET antennas have the disadvantages of
higher cost and higher complexity.

2.3 TMA
A TMA is a low noise amplifier (LNA) installed next to the antenna. It improves the signal-tonoise ratio (SNR), sensitivity, and uplink coverage of a base station.
TMAs are classified into two types: common TMA and smart TMA. Unlike common TMAs,
smart TMAs support the Antenna Interface Standards Group (AISG) protocol. Unless otherwise
stated in this document, "TMA" refers to a smart TMA.
TMAs have a built-in smart bias-tee (SBT) that performs the following functions:
l

Converts RS485 signals received from the RCU to on-off-keying (OOK) signals, and
converts OOK signals received from the RRU or RFU to RS485 signals

Feeds DC power from the remote radio unit (RRU)/radio frequency unit (RFU) to the RCU
NOTE

l The SBT provides DC power supply and control commands through the feeder for the RCU. The SBT
is applied on the RET antenna side.
l When an RRU or RFU connects to a TMA, at least one RF port supporting RET antennas must connect
to this TMA so that the RRU/RFU can transmit control signals to the TMA. For details about capabilities
of RF modules to support RET antennas, see Table 2-2 and Table 2-3.

The TMA provides the following functions:


l

Amplifies uplink signals to compensate for attenuation from an antenna to an RRU or RFU

Balances signal amplification between the uplink and downlink

A TMA has one or two subunits and supports amplification of one or two uplink RF signals.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

13

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

2.4 SASU
An SASU is a Huawei customized device for antenna sharing between intra-band GSM and
UMTS modes at a multimode site. Antenna sharing helps operators reduce their capital
expenditure (CAPEX). Currently, the SASU supports only the 900 MHz and 2100 MHz
frequency bands.
The SASU uses two subunits to amplify uplink signals of GSM and UMTS systems.

2.5 AAS Module


2.5.1 Overview
An AAS module is a combination of RF modules and antennas.
The passive antennas and RCUs in the AAS provide the antenna and RET functions, respectively,
for the RRU/RFU that are connected to the AAS module.
For details about an AAS product, see the hardware description of the AAS product. Different
types of AAS modules have different sets of integrated dual-polarized antennas. For example,
the AAU3901 is configured with three sets of integrated dual-polarized antennas and the
AAU3910 is configured with two sets of them. For details about the mapping between AAU3901
or AAU3910 integrated antennas and either of the following: inserted modules, RET functions,
and external ports, see AAU3901 Hardware Description and AAU3910 Hardware
Description, respectively.

2.5.2 AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


An AAS module with passive antennas, and the built-in RCUs remotely control the downtilts
of these antennas provides the RET function for RRUs/RFUs in the same way as the RET
function on conventional antennas. The AAS module with passive antennas supports in
accordance with the protocol AISG 2.0.
The AAS module supports the RET function by using the Management Unit (MU), the
RETPORT on the AAS active module, or the RRU/RFU. You can choose only one method based
on onsite connections and AAS capabilities. Table 2-7 lists the capabilities of AAS modules to
support the RET function.
Table 2-7 AAS module support for RET

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

AAS
Module

Applicatio
n Mode

Using the
MU
(SingleAntenna
Mode)

Using the
MU
(Antenna
Cascading
Mode)

Using the
AAS RU

Using the
RRU/RFU

AAU3901

UMTS

Supported

Not
supported

Not
Supported

Not
supported

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

14

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

2 Overview

AAS
Module

Applicatio
n Mode

Using the
MU
(SingleAntenna
Mode)

Using the
MU
(Antenna
Cascading
Mode)

Using the
AAS RU

Using the
RRU/RFU

AAU3902

UMTS, LTE
FDD, GL

Not
supported

Supported

Not
Supported

Supported

AAU3910

GSM,
UMTS, LTE,
GU, GL, UL

Not
supported

Not
supported

Supported

Supported

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

15

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

3 ALD Device Data Configuration

ALD Device Data Configuration

ALD device data can be configured in the following ways:


l

ALD manual deployment: All the ALD device data must be manually configured.

ALD automatic deployment: Most of the initial configuration data of the ALD device is
automatically configured by the system, and a small amount of data is manually corrected
and supplemented.

The following table lists whether each type of ALD device supports ALD manual deployment
or ALD automatic deployment in SRAN9.0.
Table 3-1 ALD devices that support ALD manual/automatic deployment
Configuration
Method

RET

TMA

SASU

AAS

ALD manual
deployment

Supported

Supported

Supported

Supported

ALD automatic
deployment

Supported

Supported

Not supported

Not supported

NOTE

In scenarios in which the RET antenna is connected through the GATM, the RET antenna does not support
ALD automatic deployment.

When you configure ALD device data, ALD automatic deployment is recommended. Use ALD
manual deployment in scenarios in which ALD automatic deployment is not supported.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

16

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

ALD Management Functions

4.1 RET Antenna Functions


4.1.1 Connections Between RET Antennas and RRUs/RFUs
RET antennas and RRUs/RFUs can be connected in a regular or daisy chain scenario. When
splitters are used, RET antennas and RRUs/RFUs can be connected in a sector splitting scenario.

Regular Scenario
In a regular scenario, an RRU can be connected to one RET antenna through the RET port
(RETPORT) or RF port (ANTENNAPORT). The RFU does not have an RETPORT and
therefore can be connected to one RET antenna only through the ANTENNAPORT.
l

Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT


An AISG multi-wire cable connects the RETPORT on the RRU to the RCU of the RET
antenna, as shown in Figure 4-1. With the integrated BT, the RRU can send RS485 control
signals and feed 12 V DC power to the RCU through the RETPORT. Therefore, no SBT
is required. This connection mode is recommended when the distance between the RRU
and the RET antenna is shorter than 20 m. For the data configurations in this connection
mode, see the following scenarios:
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 1 in section 8.4 Deployment.
GBTS: scenario 1 in section 9.4 Deployment.
Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in section 10.4
Deployment.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

17

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-1 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT

Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT


An SBT is required in this connection mode. Feeders and jumpers connect the RRU or
RFU, SBT, and RET antenna, and an AISG multi-wire cable connects the SBT to the RCU
of the RET antenna, as shown in Figure 4-2. The RRU or RFU combines OOK signals, 12
V DC power, and RF signals, and sends the combined signals to the SBT through feeders.
The SBT splits the combined signals into two links. RF signals are sent to the RET antenna
on one link. On the other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485 control signals and 12
V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire cable. For the data
configurations in this connection mode, see the following scenarios:
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 2 in section 8.4 Deployment.
GBTS: scenario 2 in section 9.4 Deployment.
Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in section 10.4
Deployment.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

18

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-2 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT

Connection modes shown in Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-2 also apply to a multimode base
station. For details about data configuration, see chapter 7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD
Manual Deployment on Multimode Base Station).
l

Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with an external BT)
This connection mode applies to RRUs without a BT that are installed 20 m or farther away
from RET antennas, such as the RRU3801C (20 W) for UMTS, and RRU3220 for LTE.
Without a BT, RF ports cannot provide 12 V DC power for RET antennas. In this case,
connect the RETPORT on an RRU to an external Bias Tee (BT) and connect an external
SBT to an RET antenna for power supply to the antenna, as shown in Figure 4-3. The BT
is the passive component that couples RF signals or OOK signals with feeder signals. The
BT is applied on the base station side. For the data configurations in this connection mode,
see the following scenarios:

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

19

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 1 in section 8.4 Deployment.


GBTS: scenario 1 in section 9.4 Deployment.
Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in section 10.4
Deployment.
Figure 4-3 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with an external BT)

Daisy Chain Scenario


In a daisy chain scenario, two or more RCUs are connected by AISG multi-wire cables. The
upper-level RCU provides RS485 control signals and power for the lower-level RCU. In Figure
4-4, RRUs are cascaded by connecting to the RET antennas through the RETPORT. This
connection mode applies to the scenario where antennas for multiple sectors are centrally
installed, for example, on the same pole or tower. In Figure 4-5, RRUs/RFUs are cascaded by
connecting to the RET antennas through the ANTENNAPORT. The connection through the
ANTENNAPORT requires SBTs, and cascading can reduce the number of required SBTs. In
such a case, the RET antennas can be configured on the RRU or RFU that provides RS485 signals
and power for the RET antennas.
In this scenario, the SCENARIO parameter for all RET antennas must be set to
DAISY_CHAIN, and the RET antennas are identified by serial numbers.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

20

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

For the data configurations in the connection modes shown in Figure 4-4 and Figure 4-5, see
the following scenarios:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 1 and 2 in section 8.4 Deployment.

GBTS: scenario 1 and 2 in section 9.4 Deployment.

Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in section 10.4


Deployment.

Figure 4-4 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

21

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-5 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT

Connection modes shown in Figure 4-4 and Figure 4-5 also apply to a multimode base station
with independent antennas. The configured RRUs/RFUs serve different modes.
The RET antenna data of a multimode base station must be configured only in a single mode.
For details about data configuration, see chapter 7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual
Deployment on Multimode Base Station). In Figure 4-4, if RRU(1) is managed by the GBTS/
eGBTS or eNodeB (the RET data is configured on the GBTS/eGBTS or eNodeB side), the
SCENARIO parameters must be set to DAISY_CHAIN for RET antennas connected to RRU
(1) and RRU(2). If RRU(1) is managed by the NodeB (the RET data is configured on the NodeB
side), the SCENARIO parameters must be set to DAISY_CHAIN and 2G_EXTENSION for
the RET antennas connected to RRU(1) and RRU(2), respectively.
Some RF modules, such as the RRU3942 and RRU3841, have four RF ports. These RF modules
have two or more RF ports to support RET functions in addition to the RETPORT. For details,
see Table 2-3. Two RF ports on these RF modules can be paired and connected to one antenna
to provide various transmit or receive functions. When the RRU3942 or RRU3841 is used, you
can refer to RRU3942 Hardware Description or RRU3841 Hardware Description.
The following description assumes that the RRU3942 uses a 2T4R configuration. "T" and "R"
indicate transmission and reception, respectively. RF ports ANT_A and ANT_C on the
RRU3942 are paired and connected to one antenna, and RF ports ANT_B and ANT_D are paired
and connected to the other antenna.
When the RRU3942 is installed less than 20 m away from RET antennas, the RRU3942 is
connected to the RET antennas through the RETPORT. The RET antennas are cascaded because
the RRU3942 has only one RETPORT, as shown in Figure 4-6.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

22

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-6 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT

Figure 4-7 shows how the RRU3942 and RET antennas are connected to provide the 2T4R
function when the RRU3942 is installed more than 20 m away from the RET antennas and the
RET antennas are centrally installed.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

23

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-7 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT

In this connection mode, RF port ANT_A is the control port for the two RET antennas connected
to the RRU3942. For the data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 2 in section
8.4 Deployment for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB or scenario 2 in section 9.4 Deployment for a
GBTS.

Sector Splitting Scenario


The sector splitting scenario applies to UMTS only. In this scenario, the RRU or RFU is
connected to splitters and then RET antennas, as shown in Figure 4-8.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

24

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-8 Sector splitting scenario

In this scenario, the SCENARIO parameter for all RET antennas must be set to
SECTOR_SPLITTING, and the RET antennas are identified by serial numbers. For the data
configuration of this connection mode for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see scenario 2 in section
8.4 Deployment. This connection mode does not apply to the GBTS.

GATM Scenario
The GSM Antenna and TMA Control module (GATM) scenario applies to the GBTS only. In
this scenario, a DRFU, which cannot provide OOK signals or support BT function, can be
connected to an RET antenna through a BT and SBT, as shown in Figure 4-9. The GATM
provides OOK signals and 12 V DC power for the BT. Then the BT combines OOK signals, 12
V DC power, and RF signals sent by the DRFU and sends the combined signals to the SBT
through feeders. The SBT splits the combined signals received into two links. RF signals are
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

25

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485
control signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire cable.
Because of its hardware limitations, the GATM supports only RET antennas compatible with
AISG1.1 protocols and does not support RET antennas compatible with AISG2.0 protocols.
Figure 4-9 GATM scenario

For the data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 5 in section 9.4
Deployment.

4.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas


The base station can perform operations, including configuration file loading, antenna
calibration, and downtilt setting, on each RET subunit separately.
l

Configuration file loading


A configuration file describes the relationship between the RCU and the RET subunit
downtilt. The configuration file is provided by the RET antenna manufacturer. Some RET
antennas have been loaded with default configuration files before delivery. For antennas
without default configuration files, run the following command to load the configuration
files:
GBTS: LOD BTSRETCFGDATA. Before you run this command, run the DLD
BTSALDFILE command to download the configuration file from the file server to the
base station controller (BSC) operation and maintenance unit (OMU).

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

26

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DLD RETCFGDATA


Ensure that correct configuration files have been loaded to the RET antennas before antenna
calibration. If an incorrect configuration file is loaded, the RET antenna will experience
unexpected errors. In this case, you can run the DSP BTSRETSUBUNIT (GBTS) or DSP
RETSUBUNIT (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB) command to query the name of the last loaded
configuration file and the load time. You are advised to load the configuration file to the
RET antennas of one or two base stations, and check whether the actual downtilts are the
same as the configured downtilts. If the downtilts are the same, the configuration file is
correct.
NOTE

Run the following command to query dynamic information about RET additional data:
GBTS: DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DSP RETDEVICEDATA
If any information is incorrect in the command output, for example, the values of Max tilt and Min
tilt are NULL, no configuration file was loaded or the configuration file is lost.

Antenna calibration
After an RET antenna is installed, run the following command to calibrate the RET antenna:
GBTS: CLB BTSRET
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: CLB RET
During the calibration, the RCU adjusts the RET antenna within the downtilt range so that
the RET antenna operates properly. If the RET antenna is not calibrated, the base station
reports ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated.
NOTE

An RET antenna does not need to be calibrated again after it is reset or powered off.

Downtilt setting
1.

After the RET antenna is calibrated, run the following command to query the supported
downtilt range:
GBTS: DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DSP RETDEVICEDATA
NOTE

The downtilt range of an RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and model.

2.

Run the following command to set an RET subunit downtilt:


GBTS: MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD RETSUBUNIT

Setting the downtilt of an RET subunit affects the coverage of the RET antenna. Set the
downtilt based on the engineering design.
The base station can perform operations on the RCU separately, including software
download and RCU reset.
l

RCU software download


Run the following command to download the RCU software:
GBTS: LOD BTSALDSW. Before you run this command, run the DLD
BTSALDFILE command to download the RCU software from the file server to the
BSC OMU.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

27

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DLD ALDSW


For details about the RCU software, see the documents provided by the RET antenna
manufacturer.
l

RCU reset
Run the following command to reset the RCU:
GBTS: RST BTSALD
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: RST ALD
Resetting the RCU does not change the RET antenna downtilt.

4.2 TMA Functions


4.2.1 Connections Between the TMA, RRU/RFU, and RET Antenna
If an RRU or RFU is to be connected to an RET antenna through a TMA, the RRU or RFU
control port must be connected to the TMA control port.

Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)


A TMA is connected to an RRU or RFU and RET antenna, and is powered by the RRU or RFU.
With the integrated SBT, the TMA splits combined signals from the RRUs or RFUs into two
links. RF signals are sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the other link, OOK signals are
converted to RS485 control signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an
AISG multi-wire cable.
Figure 4-10 shows how an RRU or RFU with two RF ports is connected to the TMA and RET
antenna.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

28

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-10 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)

For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following scenarios:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 3 in section 8.4 Deployment.

GBTS: scenario 3 in section 9.4 Deployment.

Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 2 or 5 in section 10.4


Deployment.

Figure 4-11 shows how two RF modules are cascaded and then connected to the TMA and RET
antenna. In this mode, RF ports ANT_A on the two RF modules are connected to the TMA and
RET antenna, and either RF port ANT_A can be the control port for the RET antenna connected
to the two RF modules.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

29

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-11 Two cascaded RF modules connected to the TMA and RET antenna

For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following scenarios:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 3 in section 8.4 Deployment.

GBTS: scenario 3 in section 9.4 Deployment.

Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 6 in section 10.4 Deployment.

When RRUs with four RF ports are connected to two antennas, two RF ports on these RRUs
can be paired and connected to one antenna. The following description assumes that the
RRU3942 uses a 2T4R configuration. RF ports ANT_A and ANT_C on the RRU3942 are paired
and connected to one antenna, and RF ports ANT_B and ANT_D are paired and connected to
the other antenna. Figure 4-12 shows how the RRU3942 is connected to the TMA and RET
antenna.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

30

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-12 RRU3942 (2T4R) connected to the TMA and RET antenna

In this connection mode, RF ports ANT_A and ANT_B are the control ports for Antenna(1) and
Antenna(2), respectively. For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following
scenarios:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 3 in section 8.4 Deployment.

GBTS: scenario 3 in section 9.4 Deployment.

Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 7 in section 10.4 Deployment.

Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a TMA)


This connection mode applies to RRUs without a BT, such as the RRU3004 for GSM,
RRU3801C (20 W) for UMTS, and RRU3220 for LTE. Without a BT, RF ports cannot provide
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

31

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

12 V DC power for antennas. In this case, connect the RETPORT on an RRU to an external BT
to provide power for antennas, as shown in Figure 4-13.
The signal transmission process is as follows:
1.

The RRU supplies 12 V DC power and sends RS485 control signals to the external BT
through an AISG multi-wire cable.

2.

The BT converts RS485 control signals to OOK signals, combines the OOK signals and
RF signals, and sends the combined signals to the TMA.

3.

The TMA splits the combined signals into two links. RF signals are sent to the RET antenna
on one link. On the other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485 control signals and 12
V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire cable. For the data
configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 4 in section 8.4 Deployment for an
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB or scenario 4 in section 9.4 Deployment for a GBTS.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

32

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-13 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with a TMA)

Connection to the TMA Through the GATM


Connections between the GATM and TMA apply to the GBTS only. In this scenario, a DRFU
is connected to a TMA through a GATM and BT, as shown in Figure 4-14. The GATM feeds
12 V DC power to the BT. Then, the BT combines the OOK signals, 12 V DC power, and RF
signals and sends the combined signals to the TMA.
The GATM can supply power only to the connected TMA. The TMA provides the default gains,
not the configured gains. You need to configure parameters related to the power switch and
current alarm threshold for the port on the GATM connecting to the TMA. For details about data
preparation, see Table 9-11. Then, configure parameters related to the RX channel attenuation.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

33

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

For details about data preparation, see Table 9-9. RET data is not involved in this connection
mode.
Figure 4-14 Connection to the RET antenna through the GATM

4.2.2 Operations on the TMA


NOTE

The gain of the TMA with fixed gain is not configurable.

TMA gain and working mode are configurable.


l

Setting TMA working mode


By default, the TMA is set to NORMAL working mode to ensure normal operation. If you
run the following command with the MODE parameter set to BYPASS, the TMA serves
as a straight-through feeder and does not amplify signals:
GBTS: MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD TMASUBUNIT

Setting TMA gain


1.

Run the following command to query the value range of TMA gain:
GBTS: DSP BTSTMADEVICEDATA

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

34

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DSP TMADEVICEDATA


2.

Run the following command to set TMA subunit gain:


GBTS: MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD TMASUBUNIT

The base station can perform operations on the TMA separately, including software download
and TMA reset.
l

TMA software download


Run the following command to download the TMA software:
GBTS: LOD BTSALDSW. Before you run this command, run the DLD
BTSALDFILE command to download the TMA software from the file server to the
BSC OMU.
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DLD ALDSW
For details about the TMA software, see the documents provided by the TMA manufacturer.

TMA reset
Run the following command to reset the TMA:
GBTS: RST BTSALD
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: RST ALD
Resetting the TMA does not change the TMA gain and working mode.

4.3 SASU Functions


4.3.1 Connections Between the SASU, RRU/RFU, and RET Antenna
Figure 4-15 shows how the SASU, RRUs/RFUs, and RET antenna are connected when RRUs/
RFUs for GSM (referred to as 2G) and UMTS (referred to as 3G) share one RET antenna and
the SASU is installed less than 20 m away from the RET antenna. With the integrated SBT, the
SASU splits combined 3G signals from the RRUs/RFUs into two links. RF signals and 2G signals
are combined and sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the other link, OOK signals are
converted to RS485 control signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an
AISG multi-wire cable.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

35

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-15 SASU directly connected to the RET antenna

SASU data can be configured only on the NodeB side. Because the SASU is an active device,
you need to turn on the power switch for the 3G RRU control port on the NodeB side, and specify
current alarm thresholds. For connection mode in Figure 4-15, set the DCSWITCH parameter
for the SASU to OFF. Otherwise, the RET antenna will short-circuit. For the data configuration
for this connection mode, see scenario 5 in section 8.4 Deployment.
Figure 4-16 shows how the SASU, RRUs/RFUs, TMA, and RET antenna are connected when
the SASU is installed greater than 20 m away from the RET antenna. The SASU combines 2G
and 3G signals and sends the combined signals to the TMA. The TMA splits the combined
signals into two links. RF signals are sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the other link,
OOK signals are converted to RS485 control signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the
RCU through an AISG multi-wire cable.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

36

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-16 SASU connected to the TMA and RET antenna

SASU data can be configured only on the NodeB side. In this connection mode, the
DCSWITCH parameter for the SASU cannot be set to OFF because the TMA is an active device.
If the DCSWITCH parameter is set to UMTS, specify the DCLOAD parameter for SASU
subunits so that the TMA connected to the SASU can be acknowledged by the base transceiver
station (BTS). For the data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 6 in section 8.4
Deployment.

4.3.2 Operations on the SASU


The SASU DC power switch, gain, and working mode are configurable only on the NodeB side.
l
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Setting the DC power switch


Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

37

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

When the SASU is connected to the RET antenna through a TMA, run the MOD SASU
command with the DCSWITCH parameter set to any value except OFF. When the SASU
is directly connected to the RET antenna, set the DCSWITCH parameter for the SASU to
OFF. Otherwise, the RET antenna will short-circuit.
l

Setting SASU working mode


By default, the SASU is set to NORMAL working mode to ensure normal operation. If
you run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command with the MODE parameter set to
BYPASS, the SASU serves as a straight-through feeder and does not amplify signals.

Setting SASU gain

1.

Run the DSP SASUDEVICEDATA command to query the value range of SASU gain.

2.

Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to set SASU subunit gain.

The base station can perform operations on the SASU separately, including software download
and SASU reset.
l

SASU software download


Run the DLD ALDSW command to download the SASU software.
For details about the SASU software, see the documents provided by the SASU
manufacturer.

SASU reset
Run the RST ALD command to reset the SASU.
Resetting the SASU does not change the SASU gain and working mode.

4.4 AAS Functions


4.4.1 Connections Between the AAS Module with Passive
Antennas, RRU/RFU, and BBU
An AAS module with passive antennas has two types of external ports: an RET port (RETPORT)
and an RF port (ANTENNAPORT). The ANTENNAPORT can be at the bottom of the AAAU
or on the AAPU. Some AAS modules, for example, the AAU3910, have AISG ports that can
be connected to RRUs or RFUs for the RET function. Table 2-7 lists the capabilities of AAS
modules to support the RET function.

Scenario 1: Using the MU for the RET function on the AAS Module
As shown in Figure 4-17, RRUs or RFUs connect to an AAS module with passive antennas
through external ports on the AAS module. Choose an appropriate external port to connect the
RRU or RFU to the AAS module. The integrated RCU provides the RET function for the AAS
module with passive antennas and the RCU is controlled by the MU. In this scenario, the RET
function for the AAS module with passive antennas must be set by the mode that manages the
AAS module. For example, to enable GSM RRUs/RFUs to use the RET function for the AAS
module with passive antennas, the RET function must be set in the UMTS mode that manages
the AAS module with passive antennas.
Before setting the RET function, you must configure the AAS module. Compared with the RET
function on conventional antennas, the RET function on the AAS module with passive antennas
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

38

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

does not require you to configure power supply switches or current alarm thresholds. Instead,
you can directly configure the RET function:
l

For the AAU3901, RETTYPE must be set to MULTI_RET. You can determine which
antenna to use for the RET function according to the RET subunit.

For other AAS modules, RETTYPE and SCENARIO must be set to SINGLE_RET and
DAISY_CHAIN, respectively. You can determine which antenna to use for the RET
function according to the serial number of the integrated antenna. If you need to use only
one set of antennas for the RET function, set SCENARIO to DAISY_CHAIN. In this case,
specify the VENDORCODE and SERIALNO parameters because the antennas in the AAS
module are working in daisy chain mode. For the serial numbers of the integrated antennas
in the AAS module, see the hardware description of the AAS module. For the data
configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 7 in section 8.4 Deployment.

Figure 4-17 Connections to the RRUs/RFUs and BBU (MU for RET function)

Scenario 2: Using the RRU/RFU for the RET function on the AAS Module
When the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is provided by an RRU or
RFU connecting to the AAS module, the connections between the RRU or RFU and the AAS
module are similar to the connections between the RRU or RFU and the conventional RET
antennas except for the AISG port configuration, as shown in Figure 4-18. In this scenario, the
AAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the configuration can be
performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
You can configure the RET function: RETTYPE and SCENARIO must be set to
SINGLE_RET and DAISY_CHAIN, respectively. You can determine which antenna to use
for the RET function according to the antenna serial number.
If you need to use only one set of antennas for the RET function, set SCENARIO to
DAISY_CHAIN. In this case, specify the VENDORCODE and SERIALNO parameters
because the antennas in the AAS module are working in daisy chain mode. For the serial numbers
of the integrated antennas in the AAS module, see the hardware description of the AAS module.
For other data configurations,
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

39

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

If the RRU is to use an RETPORT to send RET signals to the AAS module, see scenario
1 in section 8.4 Deployment for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB or scenario 1 in section 9.4
Deployment for a GBTS.

If the RET function is provided by the RRU or RFU through an ANTENNAPORT, see
scenario 2 in section 8.4 Deployment for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB or scenario 2 in
section 9.4 Deployment for a GBTS.

Figure 4-18 Connections to the RRUs/RFUs and BBU (RRU/RFU for RET function)

Scenario 3: Using the Active Module (RU) on the AAS for the RET function
When the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is controlled by the active
module on the AAS module, the active module forwards the RET signals received from the BBU
to the passive module using an RETPORT, as shown in Figure 4-19. In this case, the active
module works as a conventional RET device and therefore configurations on this active module
are the same as those on a conventional RET device.
For the AAU3910, RETTYPE and SCENARIO must be set to SINGLE_RET and
DAISY_CHAIN, respectively. You can determine which set of antennas to use for the RET
function according to the antenna serial number. If you need to use only one set of antennas for
the RET function, set SCENARIO to DAISY_CHAIN. In this case, specify the
VENDORCODE and SERIALNO parameters because the antennas in the AAS module are
working in daisy chain mode. For the serial numbers of the integrated antennas in the AAS
module, see the hardware description of the AAS module. For other data configurations for this
connection mode for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see scenario 8 in section "8.4 Deployment."

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

40

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-19 Connections to the RRUs/RFUs and BBU (RU for RET function)

4.4.2 Operations on AAS Modules


AAS Modules with Passive Antennas
When the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is controlled by the MU,
related operations on the AAS module are performed in the following way:
l

For the AAU3910, the operations are performed on each RET subunit independently
because the passive antennas in the AAS module function as a set of multiple antennas.

For other AAS modules, the operations are performed on each antenna independently
because each RET subunit of the passive antennas in the AAS module functions as a single
antenna working in daisy chain mode.

When the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is controlled by the RRU or
RFU, related operations are performed on each antenna independently because each RET subunit
of the passive antennas in the AAS module functions as a single antenna working in daisy chain
mode.
When the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is controlled by the active
module on the AAS module, related operations are performed on each antenna independently
because each RET subunit of the passive antennas in the AAS module functions as a single
antenna working in daisy chain mode.
l

Scanning
You can scan all the AAS modules connected to an RF module (except for the AAU3901).
When the RET function for a specific AAS module is controlled by an RF module, the RET
function for the module cannot be scanned on or controlled by other RF modules that are
also connected to the AAS module.
If multiple RF modules share the AAS module, running the SCN ALD command may fail
to scan all the RET function controlled by each RF module at a time. In this case, you can

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

41

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

run the SCAN ADL command for each of the RF modules that control the RET function
for AAS modules that have not been scanned.
l

Configuration file loading


Loading configuration files is not required because AAS modules with passive antennas
come with built-in configurations files. If ALM-26754 RET Antenna Data Loss is reported,
the configuration files have been lost. In such a case, you can run the DLD RETCFGDATA
command to reload configuration files for the AAS module. Note that this command applies
only to eGBTSs/NodeBs/eNodeBs.

Antenna calibration
After an AAS module with passive antennas is installed, run the CLB RET command on
the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to calibrate the antennas. During the calibration, RCUs
adjust the antennas within the downtilt range until the antennas operate properly. If the
calibration fails, ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is generated.
NOTE

After the AAS module is reset or powered off, it does not need to be calibrated again.

Downtilt setting
After the AAS module is calibrated, run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command on the
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to query the supported downtilt range. Then, run the MOD
RETSUBUNIT command to set the downtilts for RET subunits. Because setting RET
subunit downtilt affects the coverage of the related antennas, specify parameters based on
the engineering design.
NOTE

Each RET subunit supports a unique downtilt range.

In an AAS module with passive antennas, the base station can download software and reset the
RCU for each RCU separately.
l

RCU software download


Run the DLD ALDSW command on the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to download the
RCU software provided by Huawei. For details, see AAS-related documents provided by
Huawei.

RCU reset
Run the RST ALD command on the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to reset an RCU. RCU
reset does not change the antenna's downtilt.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

42

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

5 Related Features

Related Features

N/A

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

43

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

6 Impact on the Network

Impact on the Network

N/A

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

44

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual

Deployment on Multimode Base Station)

7.1 When to Use ALD Management


It is recommended that ALD management be used when ALDs have been installed and the ALDs
comply with the AISG protocol. The AISG protocol has two versions, AISG v1.1 and AISG
v2.0. Both are supported in SRAN8.0 and later.

7.2 Required Information


N/A

7.3 Planning
N/A

7.4 Deployment
7.4.1 Requirements
The GSM and UMTS modes have no requirements for deploying this feature.
In the LTE system, this feature is under license control. Table 7-1 lists the license control items
for this feature.
Table 7-1 License control items for optional features of ALD management

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Feature

License Control Item Name

LOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt


Control

Remote Electrical Tilt Control (FDD)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

45

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

Feature

License Control Item Name

TDLOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt


Control

Remote Electrical Tilt Control (TDD)

7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs)


Determine the location of the ALD control port on the RRU or RFU. The ALD control port
provides power and OOK signals for the ALD. You can locate the port based on the site's cable
connections.
Device data in a co-MPT multimode base station needs to be configured only once. For a coMPT multimode base station, you only need to determine which RRU/RFU port is the control
port for the ALD device and configure the power switch, current threshold and ALD data once.
For a separate-MPT base station, the RRU or RFU can be managed by a single mode or multiple
modes. Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU and configure all data for the ALD
powered by this RRU or RFU in this mode. This procedure involves the following two scenarios:
NOTE

MPT is short for main processing and transmission unit.

Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode


The RRU or RFU is working in a single-mode or multimode base station, and provides power
and OOK signals for the ALD.
Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU and configure all ALD data in this mode.

Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes


The RRU or RFU is working in a multimode base station, and provides power and OOK signals
for the ALD.
Parameters related to the ALD control port in this scenario are RF module common parameters.
During the data preparation, initial configuration, and feature reconfiguration, the common
parameters must be set to consistent values for all modes that manage the RRU or RFU. Table
7-2 lists the common ALD parameters for RF modules in each mode.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

46

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

Table 7-2 Common ALD parameters for RF modules in each mode


Object

GBTS
Parameter
Name

eGBTS/NodeB/
eNodeB/Co-MPT
Base Station
Parameter Name

Recommended Setting

Control
port
(RET
port as a
control
port)

RET ALD
Power Switch

ALD Power Switch

For a separate-MPT base station, set this


parameter to ON in all modes. The
RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT
switches on one RRU cannot be turned
on simultaneously.

RET ALD
Current Alarm
Threshold
Type

Current Alarm
Threshold

For a separate-MPT base station, each of


these parameters must be set to the same
value in all modes. For recommended
values, see Table 8-18.

RET ALD
Under Current
Occur
Threshold
(mA)

Undercurrent
Alarm Occur
Threshold

RET ALD
Under Current
Clear
Threshold
(mA)

Undercurrent
Alarm Clear
Threshold

RET ALD
Over Current
Occur
Threshold
(mA)

Overcurrent Alarm
Occur Threshold

RET ALD
Over Current
Clear
Threshold
(mA)

Overcurrent Alarm
Clear Threshold

ANT_A ALD
Power Switch

ALD Power Switch

For a separate-MPT base station, set this


parameter to ON in all modes. The
RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT
switches on one RRU cannot be turned
on simultaneously.

ANT_A ALD
Current Alarm
Threshold
Type

Current Alarm
Threshold Type

For a separate-MPT base station, each of


these parameters must be set to the same
value in all modes. For recommended
values, see Table 8-17.

Control
port (RF
port as a
control
port and
ANT_A
as an
example
)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

47

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Object

RRU/
RFU RX
channel
attenuati
on

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

GBTS
Parameter
Name

eGBTS/NodeB/
eNodeB/Co-MPT
Base Station
Parameter Name

ANT_A ALD
Over Current
Occur
Threshold
(mA)

Undercurrent
Alarm Occur
Threshold

ANT_A ALD
Over Current
Clear
Threshold
(mA)

Undercurrent
Alarm Clear
Threshold

ANT_A ALD
Under Current
Occur
Threshold
(mA)

Overcurrent Alarm
Occur Threshold

ANT_A ALD
Under Current
Clear
Threshold
(mA)

Overcurrent Alarm
Clear Threshold

Antenna
Tributary 1
Factor

Attenuation

Recommended Setting

If no TMA is used, set this parameter to


0.
If a 12 dB TMA is used, set this
parameter to a value within the range
from 4 dB to 11 dB.
If a 24 dB TMA is used, set this
parameter to a value within the range
from 11 dB to 22 dB.
For a separate-MPT base station, each of
these parameters must be set to the same
value in all modes.

NOTE

When an RF port except ANT_A is used as a control port, common ALD parameters are named in the
following ways:
l For a GBTS, common ALD parameters are named by analogy based on Table 7-2. For example, when
ANT_B is used as the control port, ANT_B ALD Power Switch is the correct parameter name
l For an eGBTS, NodeB, eNodeB, or co-MPT base station, common ALD parameters are named in the
same way as those listed in Table 7-2.

Other ALD-related parameters, except the RF module common parameters, must be set only in
one mode of the separate-MPT base station. Choose one from the modes that manage the RRU
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

48

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

or RFU providing power and OOK signals for the ALD. Then, configure all data for the ALD
only in this mode.
NOTE

l The mode in which the other ALD-related parameters are set must be the same in the data preparation,
initial configuration, activation observation, and reconfiguration.
l Only one maintenance link can be established between the RRU or RFU and the ALDs. Therefore,
ALD data can be configured only in one mode of a multimode base station. If ALD data is configured
in two modes in this multimode base station, unexpected faults will occur. For example, ALDs cannot
be scanned, or ALM-26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure is reported. If such faults occur, remove
the ALD data configuration in both modes, and scan and configure the ALDs in the correct mode. If
ALDs cannot be scanned after the ALD data configuration is removed, turn off the power switches in
both modes, and set the power switches and current alarm thresholds in both modes again.

7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules)


Device data in a co-MPT multimode base station needs to be configured only once. For a coMPT multimode base station using AAS modules with passive antennas, you only need to
configure ALD data only once.
For a separate-MPT base station using AAS modules, configure ALD data based on the site's
cable connections. The RET data must be configured only on one side.
When an AAS module with passive antennas does not have an AISG port, the RET function on
the AAS module is configured on and managed by the mode managing the AAS module.
Therefore, determine the managing mode first. If the AAS module is managed by multiple
modes, select one of them.
When the AAS module has an AISG port, the RET function on the AAS module with passive
antennas is configured on and managed by the mode that manages AAS module (Method 1).
Alternatively, the RET function is configured on the RRU or RFU that provides power and OOK
signals for the AAS module with passive antennas (Method 2). When the site's cable connections
support both methods, you can use only one method to configure the RET function because
faults may occur if you choose both methods.
l

If method 1 is used, the configuration for the RET function is same as that for scenario in
which the AAS module does not have an AISG port.

If method 2 is used, the configuration for the RET function is same as that for the RET
antennas. For details, see section 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs).

7.4.4 Data Preparation


For a co-MPT base station, data preparation is the same as that for an eGBTS, NodeB, or eNodeB.
For details, see section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.
For a separate-MPT base station, the data preparation procedure is detailed in the following three
scenarios. Note that the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD in scenarios
1 and 2.

Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode


In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

49

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

This scenario does not involve RF module common parameters. Determine the mode that
manages the RRU or RFU according to 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and then
prepare all ALD data in the mode. For details, see the following data preparation sections:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.

GBTS: section 9.4.2 Data Preparation.

Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes


In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
Prepare the RF module common parameters on the sides of all the modes that manage the RRU
or RFU. For details, see Table 7-2.
Select one of the modes that manage the RRN or RFU according to 7.4.2 Overall Process
(RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and then prepare other ALD parameters except the RF module common
parameters in this mode. For details, see the following data preparation sections:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.

GBTS: section 9.4.2 Data Preparation.

Scenario 3: AAS Modules Are Used


Determine the mode in which the RET function is set for the AAS module according to section
7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules). The data preparation for the mode is the same as that
for a single-mode base station.
If an AAS module with passive antennas is used, see scenario 1, 2, 7, or 8 in section 8.4.2 Data
Preparation.

7.4.5 Initial Configuration


For a co-MPT base station, initial configuration is the same that for an eGBTS, NodeB, or
eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI or 8.4.5 Initial
Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.
For a separate-MPT base station, initial configurations differ as follows:

Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode


The RRU or RFU is working in a single-mode or multimode base station, and provides power
and OOK signals for the ALD.
Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU and configure all data for the ALD powered
by this RRU or RFU in this mode. For details, see the following initial configuration sections:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: sections 8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 8.4.5 Initial
Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.

GBTS: sections 9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 9.4.5 Initial Configuration
on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

50

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes


The RRU or RFU is working in a multimode base station, and provides power and OOK signals
for the ALD.
Before you set other ALD-related parameters, set the RF module common parameters listed in
Table 7-2 to consistent values for all modes that manage the RRU or RFU. If the RF module
common parameters are set to inconsistent values, ALM-26272 Inter-System RF Unit Parameter
Settings Conflict will be reported.
Run the following commands to set RF module common parameters:
l

GBTS: SET BTSRXUBP

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD RETPORT/MOD ANTENNAPORT


NOTE

The RRU or RFU managed by multiple modes can supply power to ALDs only if the ALD power switches
are turned on for all modes that manage the multi-mode RRU or RFU. The ALD can be scanned only after
the power supply is normal.
The RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT switches on one RRU cannot be turned on simultaneously.

Then, select one of the modes that manage the RRU or RFU and set the other ALD-related
parameters in this mode. For example, if the RRU or RFU is managed by the GBTS and NodeB,
set the other ALD-related parameters on the GBTS or NodeB side. The configuration procedure
is the same as that for the related mode.
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: sections 8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 8.4.5 Initial
Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.

GBTS: sections 9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 9.4.5 Initial Configuration
on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.

Scenario 3: AAS Modules Are Used


Determine the mode in which the RET function is configured in the AAS module based on
section 7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules) and then perform initial configuration in this
mode accordingly.
You can initially configure an AAS module in the following ways:
l

To use a graphical user interface (GUI) to configure an AAS module, see section 8.4.4
Initial Configuration on the GUI.

To use man-machine language (MML) commands to configure an AAS module with


passive antennas, see scenario 1, 2, 7, or 8 in section 8.4.5 Initial Configuration on a
Single Base Station Using MML Commands.

7.4.6 Commissioning
For a co-MPT base station, the commissioning procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS,
NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.6 Commissioning.
For a separate-MPT base station, this procedure does not involve the RF module command
parameters. Determine the mode for configuring the ALD according to section 7.4.2 Overall
Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and perform this procedure accordingly. For details, see the
following sections:
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

51

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.6 Commissioning.

GBTS: section 9.4.6 Commissioning.

7.4.7 Activation Observation


For a co-MPT base station, the active observation procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS,
NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.7 Activation Observation.
For a separate-MPT base station, this procedure does not involve the RF module command
parameters. Determine the mode for configuring the ALD according to section 7.4.2 Overall
Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and perform this procedure accordingly. For details, see the
following sections:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.7 Activation Observation.

GBTS: section 9.4.7 Activation Observation.

7.4.8 Deactivation
For a co-MPT base station, the deactivation procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS, NodeB,
or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.8 Deactivation.
For a separate-MPT base station, this procedure does not involve the RF module command
parameters. Determine the mode for configuring the ALD according to section 7.4.2 Overall
Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and perform this procedure accordingly. For details, see the
following sections:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.8 Deactivation.

GBTS: section 9.4.8 Deactivation.

7.4.9 Reconfiguration
For a co-MPT base station, the reconfiguration procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS,
NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.
For a separate-MPT base station, reconfigurations differ as follows:

Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode


In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
Determine the location of the ALD control port on the RRU or RFU. The ALD control port
provides power and OOK signals for the ALD. You can locate the port based on the site's cable
connections.
This scenario does not involve RF module common parameters. Determine the mode that
manages the RRU or RFU based on section 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and
reconfigure ALD data in this mode. For details, see the following reconfiguration sections:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB/co-MPT base station: section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.

GBTS: section 9.4.9 Reconfiguration.

Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes


In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

52

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

If the RF module common parameters listed in Table 7-2 need to be reconfigured, reconfigure
the parameters consistently for all modes that manage the RRU or RFU.
Run the following commands to set RF module common parameters:
l

GBTS: SET BTSRXUBP

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD RETPORT/MOD ANTENNAPORT

If other ALD-related parameters except the RF module common parameters need to be


reconfigured, determine the mode and reconfigure ALD data on one of the modes managing the
RRU or RFU. For details, see the following reconfiguration sections:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.

GBTS: section 9.4.9 Reconfiguration.

Scenario 3: AAS Modules Are Used


In this scenario, a base station uses the AAS module.
Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU based on section 7.4.3 Overall Process
(AAS Modules) and reconfigure ALD data in this mode accordingly.
For details about how to reconfigure parameters for an AAS module with passive antennas, see
section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.

7.5 Performance Monitoring


N/A

7.6 Parameter Optimization


N/A

7.7 Troubleshooting
For a co-MPT base station, troubleshoot the ALD faults in the same way as that for an eGBTS,
NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.7 Troubleshooting.
Determine the location of the ALD control port on the RRU or RFU. The ALD control port
provides power and OOK signals for the ALD. You can locate the port based on the site's cable
connections.
For a separate-MPT base station, determine the mode in which the ALD is configured based on
section 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) or 7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS
Modules), and then troubleshoot the ALD faults in this mode accordingly. For details, see the
following troubleshooting sections:
l

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.7 Troubleshooting.

GBTS: section 9.7 Troubleshooting.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

53

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual

Deployment on eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

8.1 When to Use ALD Management


It is recommended that ALD management be used when ALDs have been installed and the ALDs
comply with the AISG protocol. The AISG protocol has two versions, AISG v1.1 and AISG
v2.0, both supported in SRAN8.0 and later.

8.2 Required Information


N/A

8.3 Planning
N/A

8.4 Deployment
8.4.1 Requirements
The GSM and UMTS modes have no requirements for deploying this feature.
In the LTE system, this feature is under license control. Table 8-1 lists the license control items
for this feature.
Table 8-1 License control items for optional features of ALD management

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Feature

License Control Item

LOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt


Control

Remote Electrical Tilt Control (FDD)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

54

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Feature

License Control Item

TDLOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt


Control

Remote Electrical Tilt Control (TDD)

8.4.2 Data Preparation


Introduction
This section includes only key parameters, not parameters in all scenarios.
Data sources of key parameters include the following:
l

Radio network planning (internal planning): The parameter value comes from the radio
network plan, facilitating resource management on the current NE.

Radio network planning (negotiated with the peer): The parameter value comes from the
radio network plan. The NE negotiates this value with the peer device to ensure successful
interworking.

Transport network planning (internal planning): The parameter value comes from the
transport network plan, facilitating resource management on the current NE.

Transport network planning (negotiated with the peer): The parameter value comes from
the transport network plan. The NE negotiates this value with the peer device to ensure
successful interworking.

Equipment planning: The parameter value comes from the equipment plan.

Engineering design: The parameter value comes from the algorithm or function design.

Default/recommended value: The parameter uses the default or recommended value, and
the recommended value is preferential. The default or recommended value can be used in
most scenarios and adjusted for a specific scenario.

N/A: The parameter value is not required.

ALD data configuration varies by scenario, depending on:


l

The type of the RRU, RFU or AAS port through which control signals are sent to an RET
antenna

Whether you use a TMA

Whether the NodeB supports SASUs

The scenarios are as follows:


l

Scenario 1: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT

Scenario 2: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT

Scenario 3: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)

Scenario 4: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with a TMA)

Scenario 5: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with an SASU)

Scenario 6: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with an SASU
and a TMA)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

55

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Scenario 7: connection to the AAS module with passive antennas (MU)

Scenario 8: Connection to the AAS module with passive antennas (RU)

Generic Data
Before configuring ALD data, collect the following generic data:
l

Configuration file for the RET antenna: Used to determine whether to update the
configuration file. Obtain the configuration file from the RET antenna manufacturer based
on the RCU and antenna models.

Software of the RET antenna, TMA, and SASU: Used to determine whether to update the
software. If an update is required, obtain the software from the RET antenna, TMA, and
SASU manufacturers.

RET antenna connections: Used to determine whether RET antennas are connected in a
regular scenario. If the RET antennas are not connected in a regular scenario, record serial
numbers of RET antennas and the mapping between the RET antennas and the base station/
sectors. The serial numbers are printed on labels of the RET antennas.

Connections between the RET antenna, TMA, SASU, and RRU/RFU: Used to determine
the specific connections between these devices (such as the type of RRU or RFU port
through which control signals are sent to an RET antenna) and the connections between
each antenna subunit and the RRU or RFU (if multiple antennas are used)

Current alarm thresholds for the RET antenna, TMA, and SASU, which are provided in
the related specifications.

Connections between the AAS module and RRU/RFU (only when an AAS module with passive
antennas is used): Used to determine whether the RET function for the AAS module is set through
the configured MU or the RRU/RFU connecting to the AAS module and to which integrated
passive antenna the RRU or RFU is connected
NOTE

It is recommended that you obtain the basic information about the RET antenna, TMA, and SASU at the
site, including the antenna model, RCU model, antenna type (single-antenna or multi-antenna), number of
subunits, manufacturer code, and serial number. In a regular scenario, you can run the following command
to obtain the antenna type, number of subunits, manufacturer code, and serial number:
l GBTS: STR BTSALDSCAN
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: SCN ALD

Collect the following information at the site in a regular scenario of conventional ALDs.
ALD
Type

Anten
na
Model

RCU
Model

Antenna Type
(Single-Antenna/
Multi-Antenna)

TMA

SASU

Number
of
Subunits

Manufac
turer
Code

Serial
Number

RET

Collect the following information at the site in a daisy chain or sector splitting scenario of
conventional ALDs.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

56

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

ALD
Type

Site
Nam
e

Secto
r
Num
ber

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Antenn
a
Model

RCU
Model

Antenna
Type
(SingleAntenna/
MultiAntenna)

TMA

SAS
U

Numbe
r of
Subuni
ts

Manu
factur
er
Code

Serial
Num
ber

RET

Collect the following information at the site in a scenario where the AAS module is used.
ALD Type

Site Name

Sector
Number

AAS Type

AAS Antenna
Port
Silkscreen

AAS

Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT


The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its RETPORT. In this scenario, the AAS
module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the configuration can be
performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
Table 8-2 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT.
Table 8-2 Key parameters related to the RETPORT

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Cabinet No.

CN

Equipment
plan

Subrack No.

SRN

Slot No.

SN

Port No.

PN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port for an
RET antenna, including the cabinet
number, subrack number, and slot number
of the RRU or RFU where the control port
is located and the control port number. Set
these parameters based on connections
between the RET antenna and the RRU or
RFU. Only one port on the RRU or RFU
can be used as the control port for the RET
antenna. In a daisy chain scenario,
multiple RCUs share one control port.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

57

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

ALD Power
Switch

PWRSWITCH

Set this parameter to ON when an RET


antenna is used. The default value is
OFF.

Equipment
plan

Current
Alarm
Threshold

THRESHOLD
TYPE

Set this parameter as follows:

Engineering
design

l If the RRU is connected to the RCU


through the RETPORT in a regular
scenario, set this parameter to
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE.
l In other scenarios, set this parameter
to UER_SELF_DEFINE.

Undercurren
t Alarm
Occur
Threshold

UOTHD

Set these parameters only if the


THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to
UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
parameters as required. For details, see
section 8.4.3 Precautions.

Engineering
design

Undercurren
t Alarm
Clear
Threshold

UCTHD

Overcurrent
Alarm Occur
Threshold

OOTHD

Engineering
design

Overcurrent
Alarm Clear
Threshold

OCTHD

Engineering
design

Engineering
design

Table 8-3 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna.
Table 8-3 Key parameters related to the RET antenna

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

The device number of each ALD in a base


station must be unique. Note that the
DEVICENO parameter value of the RET
antenna must differ from that of the TMA.

Equipment
plan

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

58

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device
Name

DEVICENAM
E

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna. The format of the value is
site_sector+port+device type_network
type. For details, see the device namerelated parameter descriptions. This
parameter is optional. If this parameter is
specified, the device name of each ALD
must be unique.

Engineering
design

Control Port
Cabinet No.

CTRLCN

Equipment
plan

Control Port
Subrack No.

CTRLSRN

Control Port
Slot No.

CTRLSN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port for an
RET antenna, including the cabinet
number, subrack number, and slot
number of the RRU or RFU where the
control port is located. Set these
parameters based on the control
relationship between the RET antenna
and the RRU or RFU.

RET Type

RETTYPE

Set this parameter as follows:

Equipment
plan

l Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET


for the RET antenna with a single RET
subunit.

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

l Set this parameter to MULTI_RET


for the RET antenna with multiple
RET subunits.
l Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET
for the AAS module with passive
antennas.
RET
Subunit
Number

SUBUNITNU
M

Number of RET subunits used by a base


station.

Equipment
plan

Set this parameter as follows:


l Set this parameter based on the actual
situation if the RETTYPE parameter
is set to MULTI_RET.
l Set this parameter to 1 if the base
station uses the AAS module with
passive antennas.

Polar Type

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

POLARTYPE

Set this parameter based on the AAS


specifications only when the base station
uses the AAS module with passive
antennas or set this parameter based on
the RET antenna specifications.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment
plan

59

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Antenna
Scenario

SCENARIO

l When the RET antenna is connected


to an AAS:
If an AAS module with passive
antennas is used, set this parameter to
DAISY_CHAIN even when you need
to use only one set of antennas for the
RET function. In this case, specify the
VENDORCODE and SERIALNO
parameters because the antennas in
the AAS module are working in daisy
chain mode.

Equipment
plan

l When the RET is connected to an


RRU or RFU:
Set this parameter to REGULAR
if the RET antenna is directly
connected to the RRU or RFU. In
this scenario, VENDORCODE
and SERIALNO parameters do
not need to be specified.
Set this parameter to
DAISY_CHAIN if the two RET
antennas are cascaded. In this
scenario, the control port for RET
antennas must be configured on
the upper-level RRU or RFU of the
daisy chain. The
VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters must be
specified.
Vendor
Code

VENDORCOD
E

Set this parameter based on the


manufacturer information, for example,
KA for a Kathrein RET antenna, AN for
an Andrew RET antenna, or HW for a
Huawei Agisson RET antenna or an AAS
module with passive antennas.

Equipment
plan

This parameter is mandatory in daisy


chain scenarios.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

60

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Serial No.

SERIALNO

Set this parameter according to the


antenna serial number.

Equipment
plan

This parameter is mandatory in daisy


chain scenarios.
If an AAS module with passive antennas
is used, run the SCN ALD command to
obtain the serial number of the AAS
module. Then set this parameter
according to the mapping between the
serial number and antenna based on the
hardware description specific to the AAS
module.

Table 8-4 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET subunit.
Table 8-4 Key parameters related to the RET subunit

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of an RET antenna

Equipment
plan

Subunit No.

SUBUNITNO

This parameter specifies the RET subunit


number, which starts from 1.

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
1 Cabinet
No.

CONNCN1

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
1 Subrack
No.

CONNSRN1

If no AAS module with passive antennas


is used, set these parameters based on
connections between the RET subunits
and the RF ports on the RRU or RFU.

Connect Port
1 Slot No.

CONNSN1

Connect Port
1 Port No.

CONNPN1

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
2 Cabinet
No.

CONNCN2

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
2 Subrack
No.

CONNSRN2

Equipment
plan

If an AAS module with passive antennas


is used, set these parameters based on the
connections between the AAS module
and RF ports on the RRU or RFU.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

61

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Connect Port
2 Slot No.

CONNSN2

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
2 Port No.

CONNPN2

Equipment
plan

Tilt

TILT

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design.

Data Source

Engineering
design

Table 8-5 describes the parameter that must be set to configure an RET antenna downtilt.
Table 8-5 Key parameter related to the RET antenna downtilt
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Tilt

TILT

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design.

Engineering
design

Table 8-6 describes the parameter that could be set to configure an RET device data.
Table 8-6 Key parameters related to the RET device data

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of an RET


antenna. Set this parameter
when configuring the RET
MO.

Engineering design

Subunit No.

SUBUNITNO

RET subunit number. Set this


parameter when configuring
the RETSUBUNIT MO.

Engineering design

Antenna Model
Number

MODELNO

Antenna model. This


parameter is part of the device
data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

62

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Antenna Serial
No.

SERIALNO

Equipment serial number of


Equipment plan
an antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data defined
by AISG protocols. For
details, see 3GPP 25.446 or
AISG v2.0.

Band1

BAND1

Beamwidth1

BEAMWIDTH1

Gain1

GAIN1

Band2

BAND2

Beamwidth2

BEAMWIDTH2

Frequency band supported by


an antenna and the
corresponding beam width.
These parameters are part of
device data defined in AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Gain2

GAIN2

Equipment plan

Band3

BAND3

Equipment plan

Beamwidth3

BEAMWIDTH3

Equipment plan

Gain3

GAIN3

Equipment plan

Band4

BAND4

Equipment plan

Beamwidth4

BEAMWIDTH4

Equipment plan

Gain4

GAIN4

Equipment plan

Installation Date

DATE

Date on which an antenna is


to be installed. This
parameter is part of the device
data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Installer's ID

INSTALLERID

ID of an antenna installation
person. This parameter is part
of the device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Equipment plan

Base Station ID

BSID

ID of a base station served by Equipment plan


an antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data defined
by AISG protocols. For
details, see 3GPP 25.446 or
AISG v2.0.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Data Source

Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan

63

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Sector ID

SECTORID

ID of a sector served by an
antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data defined
by AISG protocols. For
details, see 3GPP 25.446 or
AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Antenna
Bearing

BEARING

Azimuth of an antenna. This


parameter is part of the device
data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Installed
Mechanical Tilt

TILT

Mechanical tilt of an antenna.


This parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT


The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its ANTENNAPORT. In this scenario, the
AAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the configuration can be
performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-3, Table 8-4, Table 8-5, and Table
8-6.
Table 8-7 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT.
Table 8-7 Key parameters related to the ANTENNAPORT

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Cabinet No.

CN

Equipment
plan

Subrack No.

SRN

Slot No.

SN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port for an
RET antenna, including the cabinet
number, subrack number, and slot number
of the RRU or RFU where the control port
is located and the control port number. Set
these parameters based on connections
between the RET antenna and the RRU or
RFU. Only one port on the RRU or RFU
can be used as the control port for the RET

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

64

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Port No.

PN

antenna. In a daisy chain scenario,


multiple RCUs share one control port.

Equipment
plan

ALD Power
Switch

PWRSWITCH

Set this parameter to ON when an ALD is


used. The default value is OFF.

Equipment
plan

Feeder
Length

FEEDERLEN
GTH

This parameter specifies the length of the


feeder connected to the RF port. Set this
parameter to the actual feeder length.

Equipment
plan

DL Time
Delay

DLDELAY

Set this parameter based on the device


specifications. Generally, the value is less
than 30 ns.

Equipment
plan

UL Time
Delay

ULDELAY

Set this parameter based on the device


specifications. Generally, the value is less
than 30 ns.

Equipment
plan

Current
Alarm
Threshold
Type

THRESHOLD
TYPE

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see Table 8-17.

Engineering
design

Undercurren
t Alarm
Occur
Threshold

UOTHD

Engineering
design

Undercurren
t Alarm
Clear
Threshold

UCTHD

Set these parameters only if the


THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to
UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
parameters as required. For details, see
section 8.4.3 Precautions.

Overcurrent
Alarm Occur
Threshold

OOTHD

Engineering
design

Overcurrent
Alarm Clear
Threshold

OCTHD

Engineering
design

Engineering
design

Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


a TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-3, Table 8-4, Table 8-5, and Table
8-6.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

65

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-7.
Table 8-8 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA.
Table 8-8 Key parameters related to the TMA
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

The device number of each ALD in a base


station must be unique. Note that the
DEVICENO parameter value of the RET
antenna must differ from that of the TMA.

Equipment
plan

Device
Name

DEVICENAM
E

This parameter identifies an RET antenna.


The format of the value is site_sector+port
+device type_network type. For details,
see the device name-related parameter
descriptions. This parameter is optional.
If this parameter is specified, the device
name of each ALD must be unique.

Engineering
design

Control Port
Cabinet No.

CTRLCN

Equipment
plan

Control Port
Subrack No.

CTRLSRN

Control Port
Slot No.

CTRLSN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port,
including the cabinet number, subrack
number, and slot number of the RRU or
RFU where the control port is located. Set
these parameters based on connections
between the TMA and the RRU or RFU.

TMA
Subunit
Number

SUBUNITNU
M

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. Generally, the value is 2.

Equipment
plan

Vendor
Code

VENDORCO
DE

This parameter is required in a nonregular scenario. Set this parameter to the


actual TMA manufacturer code.

Equipment
plan

Serial No.

SERIALNO

This parameter is required in a nonregular scenario. Set this parameter to the


actual TMA serial number.

Equipment
plan

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

Table 8-9 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA subunit.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

66

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Table 8-9 Key parameters related to the TMA subunit


Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of a TMA

Equipment
plan

Subunit No.

SUBUNITNO

Number of a TMA subunit

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
Cabinet No.

CONNCN

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
Subrack No.

CONNSRN

Set these parameters based on


connections between the TMA and the RF
port on the RRU or RFU.

Connect Port
Slot No.

CONNSN

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
No.

CONNPN

Equipment
plan

Mode

MODE

The TMA subunit supports two working


modes, normal mode and bypass modes:

Equipment
plan

Engineering
design

l In normal mode, the TMA subunit


functions and the TMA amplifies
uplink signals.
l In bypass mode, the TMA subunit
works as a straight-through feeder. It
does not amplify uplink signals. The
default value is NORMAL.
Gain

GAIN

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design. The gain value range
supported by the TMA varies according to
the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to
query the value range before setting the
gain.

Engineering
design

If the gain is fixed, this parameter is


optional, or you can set this parameter to
its actual gain value.

Table 8-10 describes the parameters that must be set to configure RX channel attenuation.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

67

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Table 8-10 Key parameters related to RX channel attenuation


Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

RX Channel
No.

RXNO

RX channel number of the RRU or RFU.

Engineering
design

Logical
Switch of
RX Channel

RXSW

Logical switch for the RX channel of the


RRU or RFU. The default value is ON.

Equipment
plan

Attenuation

ATTEN

l If no TMA is used, set this parameter


to 0.

Engineering
design

l If a 12 dB TMA is used, set this


parameter to a value within the range
from 4 dB to 11 dB.
l If a 24 dB TMA is used, set this
parameter to a value within the range
from 11 dB to 22 dB.

Table 8-11 describes the parameters that could be set to configure TMA device data.
Table 8-11 Key parameters related to the TMA device data

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of a TMA.


Set this parameter when
configuring the TMA MO.

Engineering design

Subunit No.

SUBUNITNO

RET subunit number. Set


this parameter when
configuring the
TMASUBUNIT MO.

Engineering design

Connect
Antenna Model
Number

MODELNO

Antenna model. This


parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Serial No.

SERIALNO

Equipment serial number of


an antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

68

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Band1

BAND1

Equipment plan

Beamwidth1

BEAMWIDTH1

Gain1

GAIN1

Band2

BAND2

Beamwidth2

BEAMWIDTH2

Frequency band supported


by an antenna and the
corresponding beam width.
These parameters are part of
device data defined in AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Gain2

GAIN2

Equipment plan

Band3

BAND3

Equipment plan

Beamwidth3

BEAMWIDTH3

Equipment plan

Gain3

GAIN3

Equipment plan

Band4

BAND4

Equipment plan

Beamwidth4

BEAMWIDTH4

Equipment plan

Gain4

GAIN4

Equipment plan

Installation Date

DATE

Date on which an antenna is


to be installed. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Installer's ID

INSTALLERID

ID of an antenna installation Equipment plan


person. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Base Station ID

BSID

ID of a base station served by


an antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Sector ID

SECTORID

ID of a sector served by an
antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan

Equipment plan

69

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Antenna
Bearing

BEARING

Azimuth of an antenna. This


parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Installed
Mechanical Tilt

TILT

Mechanical tilt of an
antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-3, Table 8-4, Table 8-5, and Table
8-6.
For parameters that must be set to configure a RETPORT in this scenario, see Table 8-2.
For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation, and
TMA device data in this scenario, see Table 8-8, Table 8-9, Table 8-10, and Table 8-11.

Scenario 5: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


an SASU)
In this scenario, all parameters can be set only on the NodeB side.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-3, Table 8-4, Table 8-5, and Table
8-6.
For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-7.
Table 8-12 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an SASU.
Table 8-12 Key parameters related to the SASU

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

The device number of each ALD in a base


station must be unique. Note that the
DEVICENO parameter value of the RET
antenna must differ from that of the
SASU.

Equipment
plan

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

70

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device
Name

DEVICENAM
E

This parameter identifies an RET antenna.


The format of the value is site_sector+port
+device type_network type. For details,
see the device name-related parameter
descriptions. This parameter is optional. If
this parameter is specified, the device
name of each ALD must be unique.

Engineering
design

Control Port
Cabinet No.

CTRLCN

Equipment
plan

Control Port
Subrack No.

CTRLSRN

Control Port
Slot No.

CTRLSN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port,
including the cabinet number, subrack
number, and slot number of the RRU or
RFU where the control port is located. Set
these parameters based on connections
between the SASU and the RRU or RFU.

DC Switch

DCSWITCH

l If the SASU is directly connected to


the RET antenna, set this parameter to
OFF.

Equipment
plan

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

l If the SASU is connected to the RET


antenna through a TMA, set this
parameter to BS or UMTS.
Vendor
Code

VENDORCO
DE

Set this parameter based on the actual


SASU manufacturer code.

Equipment
plan

Serial No.

SERIALNO

Set this parameter based on the actual


SASU serial number.

Equipment
plan

Table 8-13 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an SASU subunit.
Table 8-13 Key parameters related to the SASU subunit
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of an SASU

Equipment
plan

Subunit No.

SUBUNITNO

Number of an SASU subunit

Equipment
plan

Set these parameters based on


connections between the SASU subunits
and the RF ports on the RRU or RFU.

Equipment
plan

Connect Port CONNCN


Cabinet No.
Connect Port CONNSRN
Subrack No.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment
plan

71

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Setting Notes

Data Source

Connect Port CONNSN


Slot No.

Equipment
plan

Connect Port CONNPN


No.

Equipment
plan

Mode

MODE

The SASU subunit supports two working


modes, normal mode and bypass modes:

Engineering
design

l In normal mode, the SASU amplifies


uplink signals.
l In bypass mode, the SASU subunit
works as a straight-through feeder. It
does not amplify uplink signals.
The default value is NORMAL.
GSM Gain

BSGAIN

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design. The value range of
SASU gain varies according to the
manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
SASUDEVICEDATA command to
query the value range before setting the
gain.

Engineering
design

UMTS Gain

UMTSGAIN

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design. The value range of
SASU gain varies according to the
manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
SASUDEVICEDATA command to
query the value range before setting the
gain.

Engineering
design

DC Load

DCLOAD

Set this parameter only if the


DCSWITCH parameter is set to UMTS.
If the SASU is connected to the RET
antenna through a TMA, this parameter
must be specified so that the TMA can be
acknowledged by the BTS.

Engineering
design

Scenario 6: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


an SASU and a TMA)
In this scenario, all parameters can be set only on the NodeB side.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-3, Table 8-4, Table 8-5, and Table
8-6.
For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-7.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

72

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation, and
RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-8, Table 8-9, Table 8-10, and Table 8-11.
For parameters that must be set to configure an SASU and SASU subunit in this scenario, see
Table 8-12 and Table 8-13.

Scenario 7: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (MU)


In this scenario, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by the MU configured in the
AAS module. For parameters that must be set to configure the RET device data on an AAS
module with passive antennas, see Table 8-6.
Table 8-14 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RET function on an AAS
module with passive antennas.
Table 8-14 Key parameters related to the RET function on an AAS module with passive antennas
(MU)
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

The ALD device number must be unique


in a base station. Note that the
DEVICENO parameter value of the RET
antenna must differ from that of the TMA.

Equipment
plan

Device
Name

DEVICENAM
E

This parameter identifies an RET antenna.


The format of the parameter value is
site_sector+port+device type_network
type. This parameter is optional. If this
parameter is specified, the device name of
each ALD must be unique.

Engineering
design

Connect Port
Cabinet No.

CTRLCN

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
Subrack No.

CTRLSRN

These parameters specify the numbers of


the cabinet, subrack, and slot,
respectively, where an AAS module is
located.

Connect Port
Slot No.

CTRLSN

RET Type

RETTYPE

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

Set this parameter as follows:

Equipment
l Set this parameter to MULTI_RET if plan
the AAU3901 is used
l Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET
if an AAS module other than the
AAU3901is used.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

73

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

RET Subunit
Number

SUBUNITNU
M

Set this parameter only when the


RETTYPE parameter is set to
MULTI_RET:

Equipment
plan

l If the AAU3901 is used, set this


parameter to the number of the RET
subunit with the largest number to be
used. For example, when only RRUs
or RFUs connect to an AAU3901, the
1710-2170 (-) and 1710-2170 (+) ports
are used. However, the two ports are
managed by RET subunit 2. In this
case, this parameter must be set to 2.
l If an AAS module other than the
AAU3901 is used, set this parameter
to 1.
Polarization
Type

POLARTYPE

Set this parameter based on the AAS


module specifications.

Equipment
plan

Antenna
Scenario

SCENARIO

Set this parameter as follows:

Equipment
plan

l Set this parameter to REGULAR if


the AAU3901 is used, s.
l Set this parameter to DAISY_CHAIN
if an AAS module other than the
AAU3901is used. The
DAISY_CHAIN value is
recommended even when you need to
use only one set of antennas for the
RET function. In this case, specify the
VENDORCODE and SERIALNO
parameters because the antennas in the
AAS module are working in daisy
chain mode.

Vendor Code

VENDORCOD
E

This parameter is mandatory in daisy


chain scenarios.

Equipment
plan

Set this parameter to HW.


Equipment
Serial No.

SERIALNO

This parameter is mandatory in daisy


chain scenarios.

Equipment
plan

Set this parameter according to the


antenna serial number.

Table 8-15 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET subunit on an AAS
module with passive antennas.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

74

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Table 8-15 Key parameters related to the RET subunit on an AAS module with passive antennas
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of an RET antenna

Equipment
plan

Subunit No.

SUBUNITNO

This parameter specifies the RET subunit


number, which starts from 1.

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
1 Cabinet
No.

CONNCN1

Set these parameters based on the


connections between the AAS module
and the RF ports on the RRU or RFU.

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
1 Subrack
No.

CONNSRN1

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
1 Slot No.

CONNSN1

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
1 Port No.

CONNPN1

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
2 Cabinet
No.

CONNCN2

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
2 Subrack
No.

CONNSRN2

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
2 Slot No.

CONNSN2

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
2 Port No.

CONNPN2

Equipment
plan

Tilt

TILT

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design.

Engineering
design

Table 8-16 describes the parameter that must be set to configure an RET antenna downtilt on
an AAS module with passive antennas.
Table 8-16 Key parameter related to the RET antenna downtilt on an AAS module with passive
antennas

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Tilt

TILT

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design.

Engineering
design

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

75

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Scenario 8: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (RU)


In this scenario, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by an RETPORT on the
active module on the AAS module. Table 8-2 describes the key parameters related to the
RETPORT.
Table 8-3 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RET function on an AAS
module with passive antennas.
Table 8-4 describes the key parameters related to the RET subunit on an AAS module with
passive antennas.
Table 8-5 describes the key parameters related to the RET antenna downtilt on an AAS module
with passive antennas.
Table 8-6 describes the key parameters related to the RET device data on an AAS module with
passive antennas.

8.4.3 Precautions
This section describes precautions of configuring ALD data, running a command for scanning
ALDs, setting the current alarm threshold type for ALD data.
l

Pay attention to the following restrictions when configuring ALD data:


The RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT switches on one RRU cannot be turned on
simultaneously.
ALD scanning, calibration, downtilt setting, software download, and configuration file
download cannot be performed simultaneously on ALDs.
The common TMA does not support the AISG protocol. To configure a common TMA
for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command on the
NodeB or eNodeB LMT to turn on the power switch and set current alarm thresholds.
(For data preparation details, see Table 8-7.) Then, run the MOD RXBRANCH
command to configure the RX channel attenuation based on the engineering design.
(For data preparation details, see Table 8-10.)
The AISG1.1-based twin TMAs consist of two internal TMAs and perform the same
functions as the two subunits of an AISG2.0-based TMA. The AISG1.1-based twin
TMAs can be configured as two devices, each configured with one subunit. In this case,
batch loading of the TMA software may fail on one of the devices. The AISG1.1-based
twin TMAs can also be configured as one device, which is configured with two subunits.
In this case, the serial number cannot be configured for the TMA. Otherwise, only one
subunit is operational. When an RRU with four ports is connected to multiple TMAs,
the twin TMAs must be configured as two devices and each configured with one subunit
if the AISG1.1-based twin TMAs are used.
ALDs are automatically scanned when an RET antenna or TMA is added.
ALDs are automatically scanned after an RRU or RFU is reset.

Pay attention to the following restrictions when scanning ALDs:


ALDs are scanned based on control link connections. The scanned result shows the
ALDs physically connected to the base station, which is not affected by ALD data
configuration.
ALDs cannot be scanned if ALD control links are faulty.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

76

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

After subunits are added to an AISG1.1-based TMA, all TMA subunits start to work
only after you run the SCN ALD command.
l

Use the values shown in Table 8-17 and Table 8-18 to set the current alarm threshold type
for the control port.
Table 8-17 Reference values for current alarm thresholds (ANTENNAPORT)
Reference
Value

Description

Undercu
rrent
Alarm
Occur
Thresho
ld (mA)

Undercu
rrent
Alarm
Clear
Thresho
ld (mA)

Overcu
rrent
Alarm
Occur
Thresh
old
(mA)

Overcu
rrent
Alarm
Clear
Thresh
old
(mA)

TMA12DB_ON
LY_NON_AISG

For 12 dB TMA
only

30

40

170

150

TMA24DB_ON
LY_NON_AISG

For 24 dB TMA
only

40

60

310

280

RET_ONLY_C
OAXIAL

For RET antenna


only (coaxial
cable)

25

33

150

120

TMA12DB_AIS
G

For 12 dB TMA
+RET antenna or
12 dB TMA only
(AISG)

30

40

450

400

TMA24DB_AIS
G

For 24 dB TMA
+RET antenna or
24 dB TMA only
(AISG)

40

60

850

750

UER_SELF_DE
FINE

User-defined

For details, see the description below.

Table 8-18 Reference values of current alarm thresholds (RETPORT)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Reference
Value

Description

Undercu
rrent
Alarm
Occur
Threshol
d (mA)

Undercu
rrent
Alarm
Clear
Thresho
ld (mA)

Overcu
rrent
Alarm
Occur
Thresh
old
(mA)

Overcu
rrent
Alarm
Clear
Thresh
old
(mA)

RET_ONLY_M
ULTICORE

For RET antenna


only (multi-wire
cable)

10

15

150

120

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

77

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Reference
Value

Description

Undercu
rrent
Alarm
Occur
Threshol
d (mA)

Undercu
rrent
Alarm
Clear
Thresho
ld (mA)

Overcu
rrent
Alarm
Occur
Thresh
old
(mA)

Overcu
rrent
Alarm
Clear
Thresh
old
(mA)

UER_SELF_DE
FINE

User- defined

For details, see the description below.

Set the THRESHOLDTYPE parameter to UER_SELF_DEFINE in any of the following


scenarios:
RET antennas are connected in a non-regular scenario.
A smart TMA is used as a common TMA.
The configured ALD model is not recommended by Huawei.
An SASU is used.
When the THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to UER_SELF_DEFINE, set current
alarm thresholds based on the actual ALD type. Pay attention to the following restrictions:
User-defined current alarm thresholds must meet the requirements: UOTHD <
UCTHD < OCTHD < OOTHD.
Generally, the UOTHD parameter is set to 20% to 30% of the device rated operating
current, and the UCTHD parameter is set to about 20 mA greater than the UOTHD
parameter. The OOTHD parameter is set to 150% to 200% of the device rated operating
current, and the OCTHD parameter is set to about 50 mA less than the OOTHD
parameter.
If RET antennas are connected in a non-regular scenario, the UOTHD parameter is set
to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU. The
OOTHD parameter is set to 150% to 200% of the total rated current of all ALDs
controlled by the RRU.
If the configured ALD model is not recommended by Huawei, the UOTHD parameter
is set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU. The
OOTHD parameter is set to 150% to 200% of the total rated current of all ALDs
controlled by the RRU.
When a base station uses an AAS module with passive antennas and the RCU integrated
in the AAS module is controlled by the RRU or RFU connecting to the AAS module, set
the THRESHOLDTYPE parameter as follows:
If the control port is an RETPORT on the RRU or RFU, set this parameter to a value
corresponding to RET_ONLY_MULTICORE.
If the control port is an ANTENNAPORT on the RRU or RFU, set this parameter to a
value corresponding to RET_ONLY_COAXIAL.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

78

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI


Configuring ALD data for a Single Base Station
l

eGBTS
Configure ALDs using the data prepared in section 8.4.2 Data Preparation. For details,
see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following
sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base
Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base Stations > Creating a Single Co-MPT Base Station >
Configuring Device Data About the Co-MPT Base Station> Configuring ALDs >
Procedure.

NodeB
Configure ALDs using the data prepared in section 8.4.2 Data Preparation. For details,
see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following
sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base
Stations > Creating NodeBs > Creating a Single NodeB > Configuring NodeB Device Data
> Configuring ALDs > Procedure.

eNodeB
Configure ALDs using the data prepared in section 8.4.2 Data Preparation. For details,
see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following
sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base
Stations > Creating eNodeBs > Creating a Single eNodeB > Configuring eNodeB Device
Data > Configuring ALDs > Procedure.

Configuring ALD Data in Batches


Customize a template on a base station where ALDs have been configured, and save this
template. Prepare a summary data file by referencing the user-defined template.
l

eGBTSs
For details, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the
following sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) >
Creating Base Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base
Stations in Batches.

NodeBs
For details, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the
following sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) >
Creating Base Stations > Creating NodeBs > Creating NodeBs in Batches.

eNodeBs
For details, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the
following sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) >
Creating Base Stations > Creating eNodeBs > Creating eNodeBs in Batches.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

79

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

8.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML


Commands
Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS module
is controlled by the RRU through its RETPORT.
Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to set parameters related to an RETPORT, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-2.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-3.
Step 4 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 5 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see Table
8-4.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-5.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and model.
Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see Table
8-6.
----End

Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT


The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS module
is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its ANTENNAPORT.
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT,
including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-7.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-3.
Step 4 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 5 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see Table
8-4.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-5.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

80

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see Table
8-6.
----End

Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


a TMA)
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT,
including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-7.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 8-8.
Step 4 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see Table
8-9.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-3.
Step 6 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 7 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see Table
8-4.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-5.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see Table
8-6.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 8-10.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see Table
8-11.
----End

Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a TMA)
Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to set parameters related to an RETPORT, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-2.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

81

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.


Step 3 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 8-8.
Step 4 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see Table
8-9.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-3.
Step 6 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 7 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see Table
8-4.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-5.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see Table
8-6.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 8-10.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see Table
8-11.
----End

Scenario 5: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


an SASU)
In this scenario, all the following commands can be executed only on the NodeB side.
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT,
including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-7.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD SASU command to add an SASU and set related parameters, see Table 8-12.
Step 4 Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an SASU subunit, see
Table 8-13.
Step 5 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-3.
Step 6 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

82

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 7 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see Table
8-4.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-5.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see Table
8-6.
----End

Scenario 6: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


an SASU and a TMA)
In this scenario, all the following commands can be executed only on the NodeB side.
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT,
including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-7.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs and obtain SASU information.
Step 3 Run the ADD SASU command to add an SASU and set related parameters, see Table 8-12.
Step 4 Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an SASU subunit, see
Table 8-13.
Step 5 (Optional) Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs and obtain information about the TMA
and RET antenna. Skip this step if you have obtained the information about the TMA and RET
antenna in Step 2.
Step 6 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 8-8.
Step 7 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see Table
8-9.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 8 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-3.
Step 9 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 10 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see Table
8-4.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-5.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

83

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 12 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see Table
8-6.
Step 13 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 8-10.
Step 14 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see Table
8-11.
----End

Scenario 7: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (MU)


NOTE

Before you set the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas, run the ADD AAS command
to configure the AAS module.

Step 1 Run the SCN ALD command to scan an AAS module with passive antennas.
Step 2 Run the ADD RET command to add the AAS module and set the related parameters listed in
Table 8-14.
Step 3 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate the passive antennas in the AAS module.
Step 4 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set the RET subunit parameters listed in Table
8-15.
Step 5 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the downtilt parameter listed in Table
8-16.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see Table
8-6.
----End

Scenario 8: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (RU)


NOTE

Before you set the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas, run the ADD AAS command
to configure the AAS module.

Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to configure parameters related to the power switch and
current alarm threshold on the RETPORT. For details, see Table 8-2.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan an AAS module with passive antennas.
Step 3 Run the ADD RET command to add the AAS module and set the related parameters listed in
Table 8-3.
Step 4 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate the passive antennas in the AAS module.
Step 5 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set the RET subunit parameters listed in Table
8-4.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

84

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the downtilt parameter listed in Table
8-5.
Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see Table
8-6.
----End

8.4.6 Commissioning
Step 1 Run the DSP ALDVER command to query the version of an ALD. If the ALD needs to be
upgraded, download the required software as follows:
l If the ALD is an RET, see "RCU software download" in section 4.1.2 Operations on RET
Antennas.
l If the ALD is a TMA, see "TMA software download" in section 4.2.2 Operations on the
TMA.
l If the ALD is an SASU, see "SASU software download" in section 4.3.2 Operations on the
SASU.
l If the ALD is an AAS, see "RCU software download" in section 4.4.2 Operations on AAS
Modules.
Step 2 If the RET or AAS has no configuration file, load its configuration file as follows:
l If an RET is used, see "Configuration file loading" in section 4.1.2 Operations on RET
Antennas.
l If an AAS is used, see "Configuration file loading" in section 4.4.2 Operations on AAS
Modules.
----End

8.4.7 Activation Observation


RETs/TMAs/SASUs
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS module
is controlled by either of the following:
l

The RRU or RFU that is connected to this AAS module

The active module on the AAS module

Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each RET
subunit. If an RET subunit works properly, Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command
output.
Step 2 Run the DSP RET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna.
Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMA command to query TMA dynamic information.
Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMASUBUNIT command to query dynamic information about
TMA subunits.
Step 5 If an SASU is used, run the DSP SASU command to query the SASU dynamic information.
This step applies to NodeBs only.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

85

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 6 If an SASU is used, run the DSP SASU command to query the dynamic information about SASU
subunits. This step applies to NodeBs only.
----End

AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


In this scenario, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by the MU configured in the
AAS module.
Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each RET
subunit. When an RET subunit is working properly, Online Status is AVAILABLE in the
command output.
Step 2 Run the DSP RET command to query dynamic information about the AAS module.
----End

8.4.8 Deactivation
RETs/TMAs/SASUs
The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by either of the following:
l

The RRU or RFU that is connected to this AAS module

The active module on the AAS module

If an ALD is no longer used, run the following commands to remove the ALD data:
l

RMV RET: to remove an RET antenna. The subunits and device data are removed at the
same time.

RMV TMA: to remove a TMA. The subunits and device data are removed at the same
time.

RMV SASU: to remove an SASU. The subunits and device data are removed at the same
time. This command applies only to NodeBs.

Then power off the ALD and set the corresponding attenuation factor to the default value.

AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


If an AAS module with passive antennas is no longer used, run the RMV RET command to
remove the data records of the RET MO, including the settings of all RET subunits under the
MO and device properties.

8.4.9 Reconfiguration
RETs/TMAs/SASUs
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS module
is controlled by either of the following:
l
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

The RRU or RFU that is connected to this AAS module


Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

86

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

The active module on the AAS module

When ALD data needs to be reconfigured, collect information about the parameters to be
modified based on connections between the RRU/RFU and the RET antenna. For details, see
section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.
Follow these steps to reconfigure ALD data:
Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to modify parameters related to an RETPORT.
Step 2 Run the MOD RET command to modify parameters related to an RET antenna.
Step 3 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to an RET subunit.
Step 4 Run the MOD RETTILT command to adjust an RET antenna downtilt.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 5 Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to adjust an RET device data.
Step 6 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to modify parameters related to an
ANTENNAPORT.
Step 7 Run the MOD TMA command to modify parameters related to a TMA.
Step 8 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to a TMA subunit.
Step 9 Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to adjust RX channel attenuation.
Step 10 Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to adjust a TMA device data.
Step 11 Run the MOD SASU command to modify parameters related to an SASU. This step applies to
NodeBs only.
Step 12 Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to an SASU subunit.
This step applies to NodeBs only.
NOTE

Before changing the power port on the RRU or RFU from an RETPORT to an ANTENNAPORT or from an
ANTENNAPORT to an RETPORT, set the PWRSWITCH parameter that has been set to ON to OFF for the
reconfiguration. This is necessary because the ANTENNAPORT and RETPORT switches on one RRU cannot
be turned on simultaneously.

----End

AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


In this scenario, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by the MU configured in the
AAS module.
Step 1 Run the MOD RET command to modify settings of the RET function parameters on an AAS
module with passive antennas.
Step 2 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to modify the RET subunit parameter settings.
Step 3 Run the MOD RETTILT command to adjust the downtilt settings of the AAS module.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

87

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 4 Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to adjust an RET device data on an AAS module
with passive antennas.
----End

8.5 Performance Monitoring


N/A

8.6 Parameter Optimization


N/A

8.7 Troubleshooting
Table 8-19 lists the alarms related to ALDs. If an alarm is reported, clear the alarm with
recommended actions in the alarm reference for the base station.
Table 8-19 Alarms related to ALDs

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Alarm ID

Alarm Name

26753

RET Antenna Not Calibrated

26752

ALD Hardware Fault

26530

RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range

26531

RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch

26751

RET Antenna Motor Fault

26754

RET Antenna Data Loss

26755

TMA Bypass

26758

TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26757

RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26541

ALD Maintenance Link Failure

26272

Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict

26756

SASU VSWR Threshold Crossed

26759

SASU Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26760

SASU Bypass
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

88

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual


Deployment on GBTS Side)

9.1 When to Use ALD Management


It is recommended that ALD management be used when ALDs have been installed and the ALDs
comply with the AISG protocol. The AISG protocol has two versions, AISG v1.1 and AISG
v2.0, both supported in SRAN8.0 and later.

9.2 Required Information


N/A

9.3 Planning
N/A

9.4 Deployment
9.4.1 Requirements
N/A

9.4.2 Data Preparation


Introduction
This section includes only key parameters, not parameters in all scenarios.
Data sources of key parameters include the following:
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

89

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Radio network planning (internal planning): The parameter value comes from the radio
network plan, facilitating resource management on the current NE.

Radio network planning (negotiated with the peer): The parameter value comes from the
radio network plan. The NE negotiates this value with the peer device to ensure successful
interworking.

Transport network planning (internal planning): The parameter value comes from the
transport network plan, facilitating resource management on the current NE.

Transport network planning (negotiated with the peer): The parameter value comes from
the transport network plan. The NE negotiates this value with the peer device to ensure
successful interworking.

Equipment planning: The parameter value comes from the equipment plan.

Engineering design: The parameter value comes from the algorithm or function design.

Default/recommended value: The parameter uses the default or recommended value, and
the recommended value is preferential. The default or recommended value can be used in
most scenarios and adjusted for a specific scenario.

N/A: The parameter value is not required.

ALD data configuration varies according to scenarios. Different scenarios vary when control
signals are sent to an RET antenna through different RRU or RFU ports and when a TMA is
used.
The scenarios are as follows:
l

Scenario 1: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT

Scenario 2: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT

Scenario 3: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)

Scenario 4: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with a TMA)

Scenario 5: connection to the RET antenna through the GATM

Generic Data
For details about generic data, see section Generic Data.

Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT


The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module with passive antennas is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its RETPORT. In this
scenario, the AAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the
configuration can be performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
Table 9-1 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

90

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Table 9-1 Key parameters related to the RETPORT


Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

RET ALD
Power
Switch

PwrSwitchRE
T

Set this parameter to ON when an RET


antenna is used. The default value is
OFF.

Equipment
plan

RET ALD
Current
Alarm
Threshold
Type

THRESHOLD
TYPERET

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions.

Engineering
design

RET ALD
Under
Current
Occur
Threshold
(mA)

UnderCurAlm
ThdRET

Set these parameters only if the


THRESHOLDTYPERET parameter is
set to UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
parameters as required. For details, see
section 9.4.3 Precautions.

Engineering
design

RET ALD
Under
Current
Clear
Threshold
(mA)

UnderCurClrT
hdRET

Engineering
design

RET ALD
Over
Current
Occur
Threshold
(mA)

OverCurAlmT
hdRET

Engineering
design

RET ALD
Over
Current
Clear
Threshold
(mA)

OverCurClrTh
dRET

Engineering
design

Table 9-2 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

91

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Table 9-2 Key parameters related to the RET antenna


Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

The device number of each ALD in a base


station must be unique. Note that the
DEVICENO parameter value of the RET
antenna must differ from that of the TMA.

Equipment
plan

Device
Name

DEVICENAM
E

This parameter identifies an RET antenna.


The format of the value is site_sector+port
+device type_network type. For details,
see the device name-related parameter
descriptions. This parameter is optional.
If this parameter is specified, the device
name of each ALD must be unique.

Engineering
design

Control Port
Cabinet No.

CTRLPORTC
N

Equipment
plan

Control Port
Subrack No.

CTRLPORTS
RN

Control Port
Slot No.

CTRLPORTS
N

These parameters specify location


information about the control port for an
RET antenna, including the cabinet
number, subrack number, and slot number
of the RRU or RFU where the control port
is located. Set these parameters based on
the control relationship between the RET
antenna and the RRU or RFU.

Control Port
No.

CTRLPORTN
O

Control port number. The value ranges


from 0 to 2. Control ports 0, 1, and 2
correspond to the ports ANT_A, ANT_B,
and RETPORT, respectively. Only one
port on the RRU or RFU can be used as
the control port for the RET antenna. In a
daisy chain scenario, multiple RCUs
share one control port.

Equipment
plan

RETType

RETTYPE

Set this parameter as follows:

Equipment
plan

l Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET


for the RET antenna with a single RET
subunit or for the AAS module with
passive antennas.

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

l Set this parameter to MULTI_RET


for the RET antenna with multiple
RET subunits.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

92

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

RET
Subunit
Number

SUBUNITNU
M

Number of RET subunits used by a base


station.

Equipment
plan

Set this parameter as follows:


l Set this parameter if the RETTYPE
parameter is set to MULTI_RET.
l Set this parameter to 1 if the base
station uses the AAS module with
passive antennas.

Polar Type

POLARTYPE

Set this parameter based on the AAS


specifications only when the base station
uses the AAS module with passive
antennas or set this parameter based on the
RET antenna specifications.

Equipment
plan

Antenna
Scenario

SCENARIO

This parameter specifies how the RET


antenna is connected to an RRU or RFU.

Equipment
plan

l Set this parameter to REGULAR if


the RET antenna is directly connected
to the RRU or RFU. In this scenario,
VENDORCODE and SERIALNO
parameters do not need to be specified.
l Set this parameter to
DAISY_CHAIN in the following two
scenarios:
Two RET antennas are cascaded. In
this scenario, the control port for RET
antennas must be configured on the
upper-level RRU or RFU of the daisy
chain. The VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters must be
specified. An AAS module with
passive antennas is used. The
DAISY_CHAIN value is
recommended for this parameter even
when you need to use only one set of
antennas for the RET function. In this
case, specify the VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters because the
antennas in the AAS module are
working in daisy chain mode.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

93

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Vendor
Code

VENDORCO
DE

Set this parameter based on the


manufacturer information, for example,
KA for a Kathrein RET antenna, AN for
an Andrew RET antenna, or HW for a
Huawei Agisson RET antenna or an AAS
module with passive antennas.

Equipment
plan

This parameter is mandatory in daisy


chain scenarios.
Serial No.

SERIALNO

Set this parameter according to the


antenna serial number.

Equipment
plan

This parameter is mandatory in daisy


chain scenarios.
If an AAS module with passive antennas
is used, run the SCN ALD command to
obtain the serial number of the AAS
module. Then set this parameter
according to the mapping between the
serial number and antenna based on the
hardware description specific to the AAS
module.

Table 9-3 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET subunit.
Table 9-3 Key parameters related to the RET subunit

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of an RET antenna

Equipment
plan

SubUnit No.

SUBUNITNO

This parameter specifies the RET subunit


number, which starts from 1.

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
1 Cabinet
No.

CONNCN1

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
1 Subrack
No.

CONNSRN1

If no AAS module with passive antennas


is used, set these parameters based on
connections between the RET subunits
and the RF ports on the RRU or RFU.

Connect Port
1 Slot No.

CONNSN1

Equipment
If an AAS module with passive antennas
plan
is used, set these parameters based on the
connections between the AAS module and
RF ports on the RRU or RFU.
Equipment
plan

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

94

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Connect Port
1 Port No.

CONNPN1

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
2 Cabinet
No.

CONNCN2

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
2 Subrack
No.

CONNSRN2

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
2 Slot No.

CONNSN2

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
2 Port No.

CONNPN2

Equipment
plan

Tilt
(0.1degree)

TILT

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design.

Data Source

Engineering
design

Table 9-4 describes the parameter that must be set to configure an RET antenna downtilt.
Table 9-4 Key parameter related to the RET antenna downtilt
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Tilt
(0.1degree)

TILT

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design.

Engineering
design

Table 9-5 describes the parameter that must be set to configure an RET device data.
Table 9-5 Key parameters related to the RET device data

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of an RET


antenna. Set this parameter
when configuring the RET
MO.

Engineering design

SubUnit No.

SUBUNITNO

RET subunit number. Set


this parameter when
configuring the
RETSUBUNIT MO.

Engineering design

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

95

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Antenna Model
Number

MODELNO

Antenna model. This


parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Serial No.

SERIALNO

Equipment serial number of


an antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Band1

BAND1

Equipment plan

BeamWidth1

BEAMWIDTH1

Gain1

GAIN1

Band2

BAND2

BeamWidth2

BEAMWIDTH2

Frequency band supported


by an antenna and the
corresponding beam width.
These parameters are part of
device data defined in AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Gain2

GAIN2

Equipment plan

Band3

BAND3

Equipment plan

BeamWidth3

BEAMWIDTH3

Equipment plan

Gain3

GAIN3

Equipment plan

Band4

BAND4

Equipment plan

BeamWidth4

BEAMWIDTH4

Equipment plan

Gain4

GAIN4

Equipment plan

Installed Date

DATE

Date on which an antenna is


to be installed. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Installer ID

INSTALLERID

ID of an antenna installation Equipment plan


person. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan

Equipment plan

96

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Base Station ID

BSID

ID of a base station served by


an antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Sector ID

SECTORID

ID of a sector served by an
antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Antenna
Bearing

BEARING

Azimuth of an antenna. This


parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Installed
Mechanical Tilt

TILT

Mechanical tilt of an
antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT


The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module with passive antennas is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its ANTENNAPORT.
In this scenario, the AAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the
configuration can be performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 9-2, Table 9-3, Table 9-4, and Table
9-5.
Table 9-6 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT. This
table assumes that ANT_A is a control port. When any other ANTENNAPORT is the control
port, the key parameters can be similarly configured. For example, when ANT_B is the control
port, the parameter ID PwrSwitchB is configured accordingly.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

97

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Table 9-6 Key parameters related to the ANTENNAPORT


Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

ANT_A
ALD Power
Switch

PwrSwitchA

Set this parameter to ON when an ALD


is used. The default value is OFF.

Equipment
plan

ANT_A
ALD
Current
Alarm
Threshold
Type

ChkModA

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see Table 8-17.

Engineering
design

ANT_A
ALD Over
Current
Occur
Threshold
(mA)

OverCurAlmT
hdA

Set these parameters only if the


ChkModA parameter is set to
UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
parameters as required. For details, see
section 9.4.3 Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT_A
ALD Over
Current
Clear
Threshold
(mA)

OverCurClrTh
dA

Engineering
design

ANT_A
ALD Under
Current
Occur
Threshold
(mA)

UnderCurAlm
ThdA

Engineering
design

ANT_A
ALD Under
Current
Clear
Threshold
(mA)

UnderCurClrT
hdA

Engineering
design

If this parameter is set to ON, current


alarm thresholds for this port must be
specified.

Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


a TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna downtilt
and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 9-2, Table 9-3, Table 9-4, and Table 9-5.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

98

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
9-6.
Table 9-7 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA.
Table 9-7 Key parameters related to the TMA
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

The device number of each ALD in a base


station must be unique. Note that the
DEVICENO parameter value of the RET
antenna must differ from that of the TMA.

Equipment
plan

Device
Name

DEVICENAM
E

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna. The format of the value is
site_sector+port+device type_network
type. For details, see the device namerelated parameter descriptions. This
parameter is optional. If this parameter is
specified, the device name of each ALD
must be unique.

Engineering
design

TMA Power
Supply Type

PWRSUPPLY
TYPE

Power supply type of a TMA. Set this


parameter based on the specifications
provided by the TMA manufacturer.

Equipment
plan

Control Port
Cabinet No.

CTRLPORTC
N

Equipment
plan

Control Port
Subrack No.

CTRLPORTS
RN

Control Port
Slot No.

CTRLPORTS
N

These parameters specify location


information about the control port,
including the cabinet number, subrack
number, and slot number of the RRU or
RFU where the control port is located. Set
these parameters based on control
relationship between the TMA and the
RRU or RFU.

TMA
Subunit
Number

SUBUNITNU
M

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. Generally, the value is 2.

Equipment
plan

Vendor code

VENDORCOD
E

Set this parameter to the actual TMA


manufacturer code.

Equipment
plan

Serial No.

SERIALNO

Set this parameter to the actual TMA


serial number.

Equipment
plan

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

Table 9-8 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA subunit.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

99

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Table 9-8 Key parameters related to the TMA subunit


Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of a TMA

Equipment
plan

SubUnit No.

SUBUNITNO

Number of a TMA subunit

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
Cabinet No.

CONNCN

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
Subrack No.

CONNSRN

Set these parameters based on


connections between the TMA and the RF
port on the RRU or RFU.

Connect Port
Slot No.

CONNSN

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
Port No.

CONNPN

Equipment
plan

Mode

MODE

The TMA subunit supports two working


modes, normal mode and bypass modes:

Equipment
plan

Equipment
plan

l In normal mode, the TMA subunit


functions and the TMA amplifies
uplink signals.
l In bypass mode, the TMA subunit
works as a straight-through feeder. It
does not amplify uplink signals. The
default value is NORMAL.
Gain
(0.25db)

GAIN

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design. The gain value range
supported by the TMA varies according
to the manufacturer and model. Run the
DSP BTSTMADEVICEDATA
command to query the value range before
setting the gain. If the gain is fixed, this
parameter is optional, or you can set this
parameter to its actual gain value.

Engineering
design

Table 9-9 describes the parameters that must be set to configure RX channel attenuation.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

100

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Table 9-9 Key parameters related to RX channel attenuation

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Antenna
Tributary 1
Flag

HAVETT1

This parameter specifies whether a TMA


is connected to RF port ANT_A. If a TMA
is connected, set this parameter to YES.

Equipment
plan

Antenna
Tributary 1
Factor

ATTENFACT
OR1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is installed.
This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is set to DRRU or
DRFU.

Engineering
design

Antenna
Tributary 1
Factor

MRRUATTEN
FACTOR1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is installed.
This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is not set to
DRRU or DRFU.

Engineering
design

Antenna
Tributary 2
Flag

HAVETT2

This parameter specifies whether a TMA


is connected to RF port ANT_B. If a TMA
is connected, set this parameter to YES.

Equipment
plan

Antenna
Tributary 2
Factor

ATTENFACT
OR2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is installed.
This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is set to DRRU or
DRFU.

Engineering
design

Antenna
Tributary 2
Factor

MRRUATTEN
FACTOR2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is installed.
This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is not set to
DRRU or DRFU.

Engineering
design

Antenna
Tributary 3
Flag

HAVETT3

This parameter specifies whether a TMA


is connected to RF port ANT_C. If a TMA
is connected, set this parameter to YES.

Equipment
plan

Antenna
Tributary 3
Factor

MRRUATTEN
FACTOR3

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is installed.
This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is set to MRRU or
GRRU.

Engineering
design

Antenna
Tributary 4
Flag

HAVETT4

This parameter specifies whether a TMA


is connected to RF port ANT_D. If a TMA
is connected, set this parameter to YES.

Equipment
plan

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

101

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Antenna
Tributary 4
Factor

MRRUATTEN
FACTOR4

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is installed.
This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is set to MRRU or
GRRU.

Engineering
design

Table 9-10 describes the parameters that must be set to TMA device data.
Table 9-10 Key parameters related to the TMA device data

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of a TMA. Set


this parameter when
configuring the TMA MO.

Engineering design

SubUnit No.

SUBUNITNO

TMA subunit number. Set


this parameter when
configuring the
TMASUBUNIT MO.

Engineering design

Antenna
Bearing

BEARING

Azimuth of an antenna. This


parameter is part of the device
data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Antenna Model
Number

MODELNO

Antenna model. This


parameter is part of the device
data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Base Station ID

BSID

ID of a base station served by Equipment plan


an antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data defined
by AISG protocols. For
details, see 3GPP 25.446 or
AISG v2.0.

Band1

BAND1

BeamWidth1

BEAMWIDTH1

Gain1

GAIN1

Band2

BAND2

Frequency band supported by


an antenna and the
corresponding beam width.
These parameters are part of
device data defined in AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan

102

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

BeamWidth2

BEAMWIDTH2

Equipment plan

Gain2

GAIN2

Equipment plan

Band3

BAND3

Equipment plan

BeamWidth3

BEAMWIDTH3

Equipment plan

Gain3

GAIN3

Equipment plan

Band4

BAND4

Equipment plan

BeamWidth4

BEAMWIDTH4

Equipment plan

Gain4

GAIN4

Equipment plan

Installed Date

DATE

Date on which an antenna is


to be installed. This
parameter is part of the device
data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Installed
Mechanical Tilt

TILT

Mechanical tilt of an antenna.


This parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Installer ID

INSTALLERID

ID of an antenna installation
person. This parameter is part
of the device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Equipment plan

Sector ID

SECTORID

ID of a sector served by an
antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data defined
by AISG protocols. For
details, see 3GPP 25.446 or
AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Serial No.

SERIALNO

Equipment serial number of


Equipment plan
an antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data defined
by AISG protocols. For
details, see 3GPP 25.446 or
AISG v2.0.

Gain Resolution

GAINRESOLU
TION

These parameters are usually


set when a TMA is delivered.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Data Source

Equipment plan

103

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Subunit Type

SUBUNITTYP
E

Equipment plan

Received Max
Frequency

RXMAXFQ

Received Min
Frequency

RXMINFQ

Transmit Max
Frequency

TXMAXFQ

If these parameters have not


been set upon a TMA
delivery, you can set them
according to manuals
delivered with the TMA. This
parameter is part of the device
data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Transmit Min
Frequency

TXMINFQ

Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan

Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT, RET antenna, RET subunit, RET
antenna downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 9-1, Table 9-2, Table 9-3,
Table 9-4, and Table 9-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation, and
TMA device data in this scenario, see Table 9-7, Table 9-8, Table 9-9, and Table 9-10.

Scenario 5: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the GATM


Table 9-11 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a GATM.
Table 9-11 Key parameters related to the GATM

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

ANT0 ALD
Power
Switch

AMPC0

Set this parameter to ON when ANT0 is


connected to the RET antenna. (The
default value is OFF.)

Equipment
plan

ANT0
Alarm Mode

MODE0

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is
recommended.

Engineering
design

ANT0 ALD
Over Critical
Alarm
Threshold
(mA)

MAJORALM
UP0

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

104

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

ANT0 ALD
Over
Warning
Alarm
Threshold
(mA)

MINORALMU
P0

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT0 ALD
Low Current
Alarm
Threshold
(mA)

ALMD0

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT1 ALD
Power
Switch

AMPC1

Set this parameter to ON when ANT1 is


connected to the RET antenna. (The
default value is OFF.)

Equipment
plan

ANT1
Alarm Mode

MODE1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is
recommended.

Engineering
design

ANT1 ALD
Over Critical
Alarm
Threshold
(mA)

MAJORALM
UP1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT1 ALD
Over
Warning
Alarm
Threshold
(mA)

MINORALMU
P1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT1 ALD
Low Current
Alarm
Threshold
(mA)

ALMD1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT2 ALD
Power
Switch

AMPC2

Set this parameter to ON when ANT2 is


connected to the RET antenna. (The
default value is OFF.)

Equipment
plan

ANT2
Alarm Mode

MODE2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is
recommended.

Engineering
design

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

105

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

ANT2 ALD
Over Critical
Alarm
Threshold
(mA)

MAJORALM
UP2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT2 ALD
Over
Warning
Alarm
Threshold
(mA)

MINORALMU
P2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT2 ALD
Low Current
Alarm
Threshold
(mA)

ALMD2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT3 ALD
Power
Switch

AMPC3

Set this parameter to ON when ANT3 is


connected to the RET antenna. (The
default value is OFF.)

Equipment
plan

ANT3
Alarm Mode

MODE3

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is
recommended.

Engineering
design

ANT3 ALD
Over Critical
Alarm
Threshold
(mA)

MAJORALM
UP3

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT3 ALD
Over
Warning
Alarm
Threshold
(mA)

MINORALMU
P3

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT3 ALD
Low Current
Alarm
Threshold
(mA)

ALMD3

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT4 ALD
Power
Switch

AMPC4

Set this parameter to ON when ANT4 is


connected to the RET antenna. (The
default value is OFF.)

Equipment
plan

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

106

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

ANT4
Alarm Mode

MODE4

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is
recommended.

Engineering
design

ANT4 ALD
Over Critical
Alarm
Threshold
(mA)

MAJORALM
UP4

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT4 ALD
Over
Warning
Alarm
Threshold
(mA)

MINORALMU
P4

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT4 ALD
Low Current
Alarm
Threshold
(mA)

ALMD4

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT5 ALD
Power
Switch

AMPC5

Set this parameter to ON when ANT5 is


connected to the RET antenna. (The
default value is OFF.)

Equipment
plan

ANT5
Alarm Mode

MODE5

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is
recommended.

Engineering
design

ANT5 ALD
Over Critical
Alarm
Threshold
(mA)

MAJORALM
UP5

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT5 ALD
Over
Warning
Alarm
Threshold
(mA)

MINORALMU
P5

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT5 ALD
Low Current
Alarm
Threshold
(mA)

ALMD5

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

107

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Manager
Cabinet No.

MCN

Cabinet number of the managing board.


The managing board is the GTMU or
CCU board that directly communicates
with the GATM.

Engineering
design

Manager
Subrack No.

MSRN

Subrack number of the managing board.


The managing board is the GTMU or
CCU board that directly communicates
with the GATM.

Engineering
design

Manager
Port No.

MPN

Number of the monitoring port on the


managing board that connects to the
GATM

Engineering
design

Table 9-12 describes the parameters that must be set to enable the RET function.
Table 9-12 Key parameters related to the RET function
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

The device number of each ALD in a base


station must be unique.

Equipment
plan

For details about key parameters related to the RET antenna, RET antenna downtilt, and RET
device data, see Table 9-2, Table 9-4, and Table 9-5 in scenario 1.

9.4.3 Precautions
Section 8.4.3 Precautions describes the common precautions for GBTS and eGBTS/NodeB/
eNodeB.
The common TMA does not support the AISG protocol. To configure a common TMA, you
only need to run the SET BTSRXUBP command to turn on the power switch, set current alarm
thresholds, and configure the RX channel attenuation based on the network plan. For data
preparation details for turning on the power switch and setting the current alarm thresholds, see
Table 9-6. For data preparation details for configuring the RX channel attenuation, see Table
9-9.
After subunits are added to an AISG1.1-based TMA, all TMA subunits start to work only after
you run the STR BTSALDSCAN command.
Use the values provided in Table 8-17 and Table 8-18 to set the current alarm threshold type
for the control port. When the current alarm threshold type is user-defined, set current alarm
thresholds based on the actual ALD type. Pay attention to the following restrictions:
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

108

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

User-defined current alarm thresholds must meet the requirements: Under Current Occur
Threshold < Under Current Clear Threshold < Over Current Clear Threshold < Over
Current Occur Threshold.

Generally, the Under Current Occur Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the device rated
operating current, and the Under Current Clear Threshold is set to about 20 mA greater
than the Under Current Occur Threshold. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to 150%
to 200% of the device rated operating current, and the Over Current Clear Threshold is set
to about 50 mA less than the Over Current Occur Threshold.

If RET antennas are connected in a non-regular scenario, the Under Current Occur
Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the
RRU. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to a value that is 150% to 200% of the total
rated current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU.

If the configured ALD model is not recommended by Huawei, the Under Current Occur
Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the
RRU. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to 150% to 200% of the total rated current
of all ALDs controlled by the RRU.

There are three user-define types for GBTSs: UER_SELF_DEFINE1,


UER_SELF_DEFINE2, and UER_SELF_DEFINE3. Generally, the value is
UER_SELF_DEFINE1.

9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI


Configuring a Single Base Station
Configure ALDs using the data prepared in section 9.4.2 Data Preparation. For details, see
3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following sequence:
3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations > Creating
GBTSs > Creating a Single GBTS > Configuring GBTS Device Data > Configuring ALDs >
Procedure.
NOTE

When you navigate in the document, locate the correct node based on the type of the base station controller
connected to the base station.

Configuring Base Stations in Batches


Customize a template on a base station where ALDs have been configured, and save this
template. Prepare a summary data file by referencing the user-defined template. Configure
eNodeBs in batches based on the summary data file.
For details, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the
following sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating
Base Stations > Creating GBTSs > Creating GBTSs in Batches.
NOTE

When you navigate in the document, locate the correct node based on the type of the base station controller
connected to the base station.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

109

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

9.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML


Commands
Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS module
is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its RETPORT.
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an RETPORT, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-1.
Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
9-2.
Step 4 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 5 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 9-3.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
9-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 9-5.
----End

Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT


The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS module
is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its ANTENNAPORT.
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT,
including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-6.
Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
9-2.
Step 4 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 5 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 9-3.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
9-4.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

110

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 9-5.
----End

Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


a TMA)
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT,
including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-6.
Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD BTSTMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 9-7.
Step 4 Run the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see
Table 9-8.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
9-2.
Step 6 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 7 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 9-3.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
9-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 9-5.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to configure RX channel attenuation, see Table
9-9.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see
Table 9-10.
----End

Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a TMA)
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an RETPORT, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-1.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

111

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.


Step 3 Run the ADD BTSTMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 9-7.
Step 4 Run the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see
Table 9-8.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
9-2.
Step 6 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 7 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 9-3.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
9-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 9-5.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to configure RX channel attenuation, see Table
9-9.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see
Table 9-10.
----End

Scenario 5: connection to the RET antenna through the GATM


Step 1 Run the SET BTSDATUBP command to set parameters related to a GATM, including the power
switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-11.
Step 2 Run the SET BTSRETANTENB command to enable the RET function. For details, see Table
9-12.
Step 3 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.
Step 4 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
9-2.
Step 5 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
9-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

112

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 9-5.
----End

9.4.6 Commissioning
Step 1 Run the DSP BTSALDVER command to query the version of an ALD. If the ALD needs to be
upgraded, download the required software as follows:
l If the ALD is an RET, see "RCU software download" in section 4.1.2 Operations on RET
Antennas.
l If the ALD is a TMA, see "TMA software download" in section 4.2.2 Operations on the
TMA.
Step 2 If the RET has no configuration file, load its configuration file. For details, see "Configuration
file loading" in section 4.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas.
----End

9.4.7 Activation Observation


Step 1 Run the DSP BTSRETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. If an RET subunit works properly, Online Status is AVAILABLE in the
command output.
Step 2 Run the DSP BTSRET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna.
Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMA command to query TMA dynamic information.
Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMASUBUNIT command to query dynamic information
about TMA subunits.
----End

9.4.8 Deactivation
If an ALD is no longer used, run the following commands to remove the ALD data:
l

RMV BTSRET: to remove RET antenna data. The subunits and device data are removed
at the same time.

RMV BTSTMA: to remove TMA data. The subunits and device data are removed at the
same time.

Then power off the ALD and set the corresponding attenuation factor to the default value.

9.4.9 Reconfiguration
When you need to reconfigure ALD data, collect information about the parameters to be modified
based on connections between the RRU/RFU and the RET antenna. For details, see section 9.4.2
Data Preparation.
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to modify parameters related to an RETPORT.
Step 2 Run the MOD BTSRET command to modify parameters related to an RET antenna.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

113

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Step 3 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to an RET subunit.
Step 4 Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to adjust an RET antenna downtilt.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 5 Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to adjust an RET device data.
Step 6 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to modify parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT.
Step 7 Run the MOD BTSTMA command to modify parameters related to a TMA.
Step 8 Run the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to a TMA subunit.
Step 9 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to adjust RX channel attenuation.
NOTE

Before changing the power port on the RRU or RFU from an RETPORT to an ANTENNAPORT or from
an ANTENNAPORT to an RETPORT, set the PwrSwitchRET or PwrSwitchA parameter that has been
set to ON to OFF for the reconfiguration. This is necessary because the ANTENNAPORT and
RETPORT switches on one RRU cannot be turned on simultaneously.

Step 10 Run the MOD BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to adjust a TMA device data.
----End
For the scenario of connection to the RET antenna through the GATM, perform the following
steps:
Step 1 Run the SET BTSDATUBP command to modify parameters related to the port where the
GATM connects to RET antenna.
Step 2 Run the MOD BTSRET command to adjust parameters related to an RET antenna.
Step 3 Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to adjust an RET antenna downtilt.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 4 Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to adjust an RET device data.
----End

9.5 Performance Monitoring


N/A

9.6 Parameter Optimization


N/A
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

114

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

9.7 Troubleshooting
Table 9-13 lists the alarms related to ALDs. If an alarm is reported, clear the alarm with
recommended actions in the alarm reference of the BSC.
Table 9-13 Alarms related to ALDs

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Alarm ID

Alarm Name

26753

RET Antenna Not Calibrated

26752

ALD Hardware Fault

26530

RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range

26531

RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch

26751

RET Antenna Motor Fault

26754

RET Antenna Data Loss

26755

TMA Bypass

26758

TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26757

RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26541

ALD Maintenance Link Failure

26272

Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

115

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Engineering Guidelines (ALD


Automatic Deployment)

10.1 When to Use ALD Automatic Deployment


It is recommended that ALD Automatic Deployment be used when ALDs have been installed
and the ALDs comply with AISG protocols. The AISG protocol has two versions, AISG v1.1
and AISG v2.0. Both are supported in SRAN9.0 and later.
ALD automatic deployment applies to RETs and TMAs but not SASUs or AAS modules. In
addition, ALD automatic deployment is not supported in GATM scenarios.

10.2 Required Information


N/A

10.3 Planning
RF Planning
N/A

Network Planning
N/A

Hardware Planning
N/A

10.4 Deployment
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

116

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

10.4.1 Process
Figure 10-1 describes the process of ALD automatic deployment.
Figure 10-1 ALD automatic deployment

10.4.2 Requirements
License
The GSM and UMTS modes have no requirements for deploying this feature.
In the LTE system, this feature is under license control. Table 10-1 lists the license control items
for this feature.
Table 10-1 License control items for optional features of ALD management

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Feature

License Control Item

LOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt


Control

Remote Electrical Tilt Control (FDD)

TDLOFD-001024 Remote Electrical


Tilt Control

Remote Electrical Tilt Control (TDD)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

117

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Base Station
Base stations must have been deployed and commissioned before ALD automatic deployment.

10.4.3 Data Preparation


Overview
In ALD automatic deployment, the system automatically performs initial configuration for most
ALD data, as described in section 10.8 Appendix: ALD Automatic Configuration Process.
Only a small amount of ALD data needs to be manually modified or added. The ALD data that
needs manual operation varies depending on the following:
l

Number of RET subunits

Cascading of RET antennas

Number of TMA subunits

Connections between the TMA and RRU/RFU

The related scenarios are as follows:


l

Scenario 1: Single-antenna RET antenna not in daisy chain mode (see Figure 4-1)

Scenario 2: AISG v2.0-based TMA connected to the RRU/RFU with two RF ports (one
TMA with two TMA subunits) (see Figure 4-10)

Scenario 3: Single-antenna RET antenna in daisy chain mode (see Figure 4-4)

Scenario 4: Multi-antenna RET antenna (see Figure 4-1)

Scenario 5: AISG v1.1-based TMA (two TMAs, each with two TMA subunits)

Scenario 6: TMA connected to two cascaded RRUs or RFUs (see Figure 4-11)

Scenario 7: TMA connected to the RRU with four RF ports (see Figure 4-12)
NOTE

In scenario 7, if the RRU with four RF ports is connected to two RET antennas, the TMA and RET antenna
on the RF port ANT_A connecting to the control port for the RET antenna can be automatically deployed,
but the TMA and RET antenna on the RF port ANT_B connecting to the control port for the RET antenna
cannot be automatically deployed. For details about the data configurations, see scenario 3 in section 7.4
"Deploying ALD Management" or scenario 3 in section 8.4 "Deploying ALD Management."

Obtain an RET antenna configuration file from the RET antenna manufacturer in advance
because the configuration file may be required for commissioning an ALD after initial
configuration is complete.

Manually Configured Data


After ALD automatic configuration is complete, manually modify and add required ALD data,
which must be obtained and recorded locally on the base station.
1.

Common data that needs to be modified


Table 10-2 or Table 10-3 describes the parameters that need to be manually modified after
automatic configuration is complete.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

118

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Table 10-2 Common parameters that need to be manually modified (eGBTS/NodeB/


eNodeB)
MO

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

RETSUBU
NIT

Tilt

TILT

Check whether manual modification


is required. If yes, obtain the method
of modifying this parameter.

TMASUBU
NIT

Mode

MODE

Gain

GAIN

Check whether manual modification


is required. If yes, obtain the method
of modifying this parameter.

RXBRANC
H

Attenuation

ATTEN

Obtain the modification value for the


RX channel attenuation using the
following formula:
RXBRANCH. ATTEN =
TMASUBUNIT.GAIN Antenna
loss
where
TMASUBUNIT.MODE and
TMASUBUNIT.GAIN: Manually
modified values.

Table 10-3 Common parameters that need to be manually modified (GBTS)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

MO

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

BTSRETSU
BUNIT

Tilt

TILT

Check whether manual modification


is required. If yes, obtain the method
of modifying this parameter.

BTSTMAS
UBUNIT

Mode

MODE

Gain
(0.25db)

GAIN

Check whether manual modification


is required. If yes, obtain the method
of modifying this parameter.

BTSRXUBP

Antenna
Tributary 1
Factor

ATTENFACTO
R1

Antenna
Tributary 1
Factor

MRRUATTEN
FACTOR1

Antenna
Tributary 2
Factor

ATTENFACTO
R2

Obtain the modification value for the


RX channel attenuation using the
following formula:
BTSRXUBP. ATTENFACTOR =
BTSTMASUBUNIT.GAIN
Antenna loss
where
BTSTMASUBUNIT.MODE and
BTSTMASUBUNIT.GAIN:
Manually modified values.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

119

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

MO

2.

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Antenna
Tributary 2
Factor

MRRUATTEN
FACTOR2

Setting Notes

Scenario-specific data that needs to be added

Table 10-4 describes the parameters that need to be manually added in scenarios 3 through 7.
There is no need to manually add parameters in scenarios 1 and 2.
Table 10-4 Scenario-specific parameters that need to be manually added
Scenari
o Item

Scenario
Description

Configuration
Data

Setting Notes

Scenario
3

Singleantenna RET
antenna in
daisy chain
mode

RET subunit
connection port

Add data of the connection port for the


RETSUBUNIT MO based on
connections between the RET antenna and
RF module.

Multiantenna RET
antenna

RET subunit
connection port

Scenario
4

The vendor code and serial number of the


device identify an RET antenna. The
cabinet number, subrack number, and slot
number identify the RF module where an
RF port connecting to the RET antenna is
located and the port number identifies the
RF port.
Add data of the connection port for the
RETSUBUNIT MO based on
connections between the RET antenna and
RF module.
The ALD device number and subunit
number identify an RET subunit. The
cabinet number, subrack number, and slot
number identify the RF module where an
RF port connecting to the RET antenna is
located and the port number identifies the
RF port.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

120

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Scenari
o Item

Scenario
Description

Configuration
Data

Setting Notes

Scenario
5

AISG v1.1based TMA


(two TMAs,
each with two
TMA
subunits)

TMA subunit
connection port

Add data of the connection port for the


RETSUBUNIT MO based on
connections between the TMA and RF
module.

TMA
connected to
two cascaded
RRUs or
RFUs

TMA subunit
connection port

Manually modify the configuration of


connection ports for the RETSUBUNIT
MO after automatic configuration is
complete. This is because automatic
configuration cannot identify RF ports
ANT_A (R0A) on the two cascaded RF
modules as TMA subunit connection
ports.

RX channel
attenuation

Manually modify attenuation on the four


RX channels of two RF modules.

TMA subunit
connection port

Manually modify the configuration of the


connection port for the RETSUBUNIT
MO after automatic configuration is
complete. This is because automatic
configuration cannot identify any of the
four RF ports on RF modules as the TMA
subunit connection port.

RX channel
attenuation

Manually modify attenuation on RX


channels of the RF modules.

Scenario
6

Scenario
7

TMA
connected to
the RRU with
four RF ports

The vendor code and serial number of the


device identify a TMA. The cabinet
number, subrack number, and slot number
identify the RF module where an RF port
connecting to the TMA is located and the
port number identifies the RF port.

RET Antenna Configuration File


l

Check whether the RET antenna configuration file needs to be downloaded.


Download the RET antenna configuration file in scenarios where an RCU and antenna are
delivered separately and installed onsite. There is no need to download the configuration
file in scenarios where an RCU and antenna are combined or delivered together or where
an existing RET antenna can be re-used.

Obtain the RET antenna configuration file from the RET antenna manufacturer.

After obtaining the configuration file, record RCU and antenna models of all sectors in a base
station in the site survey report and determine which configuration file to download for a specific
RET antenna based on the model information.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

121

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

10.4.4 Creating an ALD Automatic Deployment Task


ALD automatic deployment must be performed on the U2000 Antenna Management System
(AMS) client. This section describes how to start the U2000 AMS client and create an ALD
automatic deployment task.

Starting the U2000 AMS Client


You can start the U2000 AMS client by entering U2000's IP address in the Internet Explorer
(IE) address bar or by using the U2000 client.
Method 1: Entering U2000's IP address in the address bar of the IE
Step 1 In the address bar of the IE, enter U2000 IP address/ams (for example, 10.141.143.253/ams)
and press Enter.
Step 2 In the displayed login window of the U2000 AMS client, input User Name, Password, and
Verification Code.
Note that the user name and password for the U2000 AMS client are the same as those for the
U2000 client.
----End
Method 2: Using the U2000 client
On the U2000 client, choose Maintenance > Antenna Management > Device Management.
The U2000 AMS client is started.

Creating a Task
An ALD automatic deployment task can be created on the ALD Auto Deployment tab page.
After the U2000 AMS client is started, click the Device Management tab. The Device
Management tab page is displayed. Then, click the ALD Auto Deployment tab, as shown in
Figure 10-2.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

122

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Figure 10-2 Clicking the ALD Auto Deployment tab

Operators can manage and monitor ALD automatic deployment on a single NE if an ALD
automatic deployment task has been created on the U2000 AMS client.
To create an ALD automatic deployment task for an NE, you can manually select the NE or
import a deployment list that contains the NE information.
NOTE

The preceding deployment list is the one that is exported through the CME described in 3900 Series Base
Station Initial Configuration.

Method 1: Manually selecting an NE


Step 1 On the ALD Auto Deployment tab page, click Create.
Step 2 Select a target NE and click OK.
You can move one or multiple NEs from the Available NEs list to the Select NEs list by clicking
.
You can move all NEs from the Available NEs list to the Select NEs list by clicking

The value of Status is Wait to be started, indicating that an ALD automatic deployment task
has been created for the selected NE.
----End
Method 2: Importing a deployment list
Step 1 On the ALD Auto Deployment tab page, click Import NE List.
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

123

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Step 2 In the displayed Import dialog box, click Browse to select a deployment list and click OK.
The value of Status is Wait to be started, indicating that an ALD automatic deployment task
has been created for the selected NE.
----End

10.4.5 Initial Configuration


Initial configuration for ALD automatic deployment includes automatic configuration and
manual configuration. Manual configuration is performed after automatic configuration.

Automatic Configuration
Step 1 On the list of ALD automatic deployment tasks, select a target NE and click Start, as shown in
Figure 10-3.
Figure 10-3 Starting a task

Step 2 Wait until automatic configuration is complete. During the automatic configuration, Status is
Running.
When automatic configuration is complete, the Progress becomes 100% and the Status changes
to Wait to be acknowledged.
Step 3 Click Export in the Report column to download an ALD automatic configuration report.
Step 4 Check the configuration process and results in the ALD automatic configuration report.
----End

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

124

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

NOTICE
Do not stop an ongoing ALD automatic configuration task. You can perform other operations
only after the automatic configuration is complete.

Manual Configuration (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)


You are advised to use the batch configuration function on the CME to manually configure ALD
data for base stations of the same type to improve configuration efficiency. The related operations
are as follows:
Step 1 Export ALD data of multiple base stations using the CME.
For details about how to use the CME to export data of multiple base stations, see CME Product
Documentation. You can check the related operations for an eGBTS, NodeB, or eNodeB by
choosing different modes. For example, for an eGBTS, choose Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > GSM Application Management > Base Satiation Related Operations >
Importing and Exporting eGBTS Data for Batch Configuration in CME Product
Documentation.
The ALD-related MOCs that need to be exported include ANTENNAPORT, RETPORT,
RXBRANCH, RET, RETSUBUNIT, TMA, and TMASUBUNIT.
Step 2 Modify the exported ALD data.
Export the ALD data of multiple base stations to XLS files using the CME, modify the data for
a specific scenario as described in section 9.4.3 "Data Preparation."
Step 3 Import the ALD data of multiple base stations using the CME.
For details about how to use the CME to import data of multiple base stations, see CME Product
Documentation. You can check the related operations for an eGBTS, NodeB, or eNodeB by
choosing different modes. For example, for an eGBTS, choose Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > GSM Application Management > Base Satiation Related Operations >
Importing and Exporting eGBTS Data for Batch Configuration in CME Product
Documentation.
----End

Manual Configuration (GBTS)


You can run MML commands to manually configure ALD data for a GBTS.
Table 10-5 describes the MML commands used to manually modify common ALD data.
Table 10-5 MML commands used to manually modify common ALD data

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

MO

Paramet
er Name

Parameter ID

MML Command

BTSRETSUB
UNIT

Tilt

TILT

MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

125

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

MO

Paramet
er Name

Parameter ID

MML Command

BTSTMASUB
UNIT

Mode

MODE

MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT

BTSTMASUB
UNIT

Gain
(0.25db)

GAIN

MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT

BTSRXUBP

Antenna
Tributary
1 Factor

ATTENFACTOR1

SET BTSRXUBP

Antenna
Tributary
1 Factor

MRRUATTENFACTOR1

Antenna
Tributary
2 Factor

ATTENFACTOR2

Antenna
Tributary
2 Factor

MRRUATTENFACTOR2

Table 10-6 describes the MML commands used to manually modify scenario-specific ALD
data.
Table 10-6 MML commands used to manually modify scenario-specific ALD data
Scenario
Item

Scenario
Description

Configuration Data

MML Command

Scenario 3

Singleantenna RET
antenna in
daisy chain
mode

Connection port for the


BTSRETSUBUNIT MO

MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT

Scenario 4

Multi-antenna
RET antenna

Connection port for the


BTSRETSUBUNIT MO

MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT

Scenario 6

TMA
connected to
two cascaded
RRUs or RFUs

Connection port for the


BTSTMASUBUNIT MO

MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT

RX channel attenuation

SET BTSRXUBP

TMA
connected to
the RRU with
four RF ports

Connection port for the


BTSTMASUBUNIT MO

MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT

RX channel attenuation

SET BTSRXUBP

Scenario 7

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

126

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

10.4.6 Commissioning
Downloading the RET Antenna Configuration File
To download RET antenna configuration files in batches, perform the following steps on the
U2000 AMS client:
Step 1 On the U2000 AMS client, click the Configuration tab.
Step 2 Select an NE and then an RET subunit on the displayed RET Subunit tab page. Multiple NEs
of the same version can be selected and multiple RET subunits can be selected for the same NE.
Step 3 Choose Transfer GFG File > From OSS Client to OSS Server to upload the target RET
antenna configuration files from your local client to the U2000 server.
Step 4 On the RET Subunit tab page, click Export Configuration Template to export the template
for downloading configuration files for the RET antenna in batches.
Step 5 Input the configuration file name and tilt for each RET subunit in the exported template. If the
tilt is not specified for an RET subunit, the original tilt remains unchanged.
Step 6 Click Import Configuration Template to import the template for downloading configuration
files for the RET antenna in batches. The system automatically downloads configuration files
for the RET antenna, calibrates the RET antenna, and sets the downtilt.
Step 7 Click Export Configuration Report to export the report of downloading configuration files for
the RET antenna in batches.
Step 8 Check the process and results in the report of downloading configuration files for the RET
antenna in batches.
----End

10.4.7 Activation Observation


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB
Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each RET
subunit. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the RET subunit works
properly.
Step 2 Run the DSP RET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna. If the values
of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual number of RET subunits
are available, the RET antenna is started properly.
Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMA command to query dynamic information about the TMA.
If the values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual number of
TMA subunits are available, the TMA is started properly.
Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMASUBUNIT command to query the working status of TMA
subunits. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the TMA subunit works
properly.
----End
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

127

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

GBTS
Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each RET
subunit. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the RET subunit works
properly.
Step 2 Run the DSP BTSRET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna. If the
values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual number of RET
subunits are available, the RET antenna is started properly.
Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMA command to query dynamic information about the
TMA. If the values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual number
of TMA subunits are available, the TMA is started properly.
Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMASUBUNIT command to query the working status of
TMA subunits. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the TMA subunit
works properly.
----End

10.4.8 Checking that ALD Automatic Deployment Is Complete


After an ALD automatic deployment task is complete for an NE, you need to check that ALD
automatic deployment is complete on the ALD Auto Deployment tab page of the U2000 AMS
client.
On the list of ALD automatic deployment tasks, select an NE whose Status is Wait to be
acknowledged and click Acknowledge.
The value of Status for the NE changes to Completed.

10.4.9 Deactivation
If an ALD is no longer used, run an appropriate command to remove the ALD data. Then power
off the ALD and return the corresponding attenuation parameters to the default value.

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB
Step 1 Remove the ALD data:
l Using the U2000 AMS
1.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

In the U2000 AMS, click Configuration on the Device Management tab page, as shown
in Figure 10-4.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

128

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Figure 10-4 Configuration tab page

2.

On the displayed Configuration tab page, choose the target NE from which the ALD is to
be removed in area 1.

3.

In area 2, click the Device tab, choose the ALD to be removed, and click Remove. Data of
the ALD and its subunits is removed.

l Using MML commands


RMV RET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.
RMV TMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.
Step 2 Power off the ALD:
l Using the U2000 AMS
1.

In area 2 on the Configuration tab page, click the Power Switch tab, choose the port where
the power switch for the removed ALD is located.

2.

In area 3, set the power switch on the port to OFF. You can set the power switch only on
one port at a time.

l Using MML commands


If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the MOD RETPORT
command to power off the RETPORT.
If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the MOD
ANTENNAPORT command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.
Step 3 Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuation
parameters to the default value.
----End

GBTS
Step 1 Remove the ALD data:
l Using the U2000 AMS
Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

129

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

1.

In the U2000 AMS, click Configuration on the Device Management tab page, as shown
in Figure 10-4.

2.

On the displayed Configuration tab page, choose the target NE from which the ALD is to
be removed in area 1.

3.

In area 2, click the Device tab, choose the ALD to be removed, and click Remove. Data of
the ALD and its subunits is removed.

l Using MML commands


RMV BTSRET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.
RMV BTSTMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.
Step 2 Power off the ALD:
l Using the U2000 AMS
1.

In area 2 on the Configuration tab page, click the Power Switch tab, choose the port where
the power switch for the removed ALD is located.

2.

In area 3, set the power switch on the port to OFF. You can set the power switch only on
one port at a time.

l Using MML commands


If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the SET BTSRXUBP
command to power off the RETPORT.
If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the SET
BTSRXUBP command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.
Step 3 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuation
parameters to the default value.
----End

10.4.10 Reconfiguration
If ALD data needs to be reconfigured after initial configuration is complete, you can use either
of the following ways:
l

Remove ALDs that require data reconfiguration and then enable ALD automatic
deployment to restart initial configuration.

Run MML commands to reconfigure ALD data.

Removing ALDs and Enabling ALD Automatic Deployment (eGBTS/NodeB/


eNodeB)
Step 1 Remove ALDs that require data reconfiguration:
1.

Run the following command to remove the ALD data:


l RMV RET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.
l RMV TMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.

2.

Power off the ALD:


l If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the MOD RETPORT
command to power off the RETPORT.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

130

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

l If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the MOD
ANTENNAPORT command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.
3.

Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuation
parameters to the default value.

Step 2 Enable ALD automatic deployment to restart initial configuration. For details, see section 10.4.5
Initial Configuration.
----End

Removing ALDs and Enabling ALD Automatic Deployment (GBTS)


Step 1 Remove ALDs that require data reconfiguration:
1.

Run the following command to remove the ALD data:


l RMV BTSRET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.
l RMV BTSTMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.

2.

Power off the ALD:


l If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the SET BTSRXUBP
command to power off the RETPORT.
l If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the SET
BTSRXUBP command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.

3.

Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuation
parameters to the default value.

Step 2 Enable ALD automatic deployment to restart initial configuration. For details, see section 10.4.5
Initial Configuration.
----End

Running MML Commands (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)


See section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.

Running MML Commands (GBTS)


See section 9.4.9 Reconfiguration.

10.5 Performance Monitoring


N/A

10.6 Parameter Optimization


N/A

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

131

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

10.7 Troubleshooting
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB
Table 10-7 lists the alarms related to ALDs for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB. If an alarm is
reported, handle the alarm by referring to the corresponding alarm reference.
Table 10-7 Alarms related to eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB ALDs
Alarm ID

Alarm Name

26753

RET Antenna Not Calibrated

26752

ALD Hardware Fault

26530

RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range

26531

RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch

26751

RET Antenna Motor Fault

26754

RET Antenna Data Loss

26755

TMA Bypass

26758

TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26757

RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26541

ALD Maintenance Link Failure

26272

Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict

GBTS
Table 10-8 lists the alarms related to ALDs for a GBTS. If an alarm is reported, handle the alarm
by referring to the corresponding alarm reference.
Table 10-8 Alarms related to GBTS ALDs

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Alarm ID

Alarm Name

26753

RET Antenna Not Calibrated

26752

ALD Hardware Fault

26530

RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range

26531

RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch

26751

RET Antenna Motor Fault


Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

132

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Alarm ID

Alarm Name

26754

RET Antenna Data Loss

26755

TMA Bypass

26758

TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26757

RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26541

ALD Maintenance Link Failure

26272

Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict

10.8 Appendix: ALD Automatic Configuration Process


Figure 10-5 describes the process of ALD automatic configuration.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

133

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Figure 10-5 ALD automatic configuration process

Turing on the ALD Power Switch


The system attempts to turn on the ALD power switch for the RETPORT or
ANTENNAPORT MOs.
l

If an ALD is configured for the RETPORT or ANTENNAPORT MO, the ALD power
switch is turned on. The system starts scanning the ALD and ALD automatic configuration
continues.

If no ALD is configured for the RETPORT or ANTENNAPORT MO, the ALD power
switch cannot be turned on. The system turns off the ALD power switch and ALD automatic
configuration ends.

For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-9 and Table 10-10 describe the parameters for
configuring the RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT MOs, respectively.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

134

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Table 10-9 Key parameters for configuring the RETPORT MO


Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Cabinet
No.

CN

Subrack
No.

SRN

Slot No.

SN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port for
an RET antenna, including the
cabinet number, subrack number,
and slot number of the RRU where
the control port is located and the
control port number.

Port No.

PN

These parameters are set


to the cabinet number,
subrack number, and
slot number of the RRU
where the RETPORT is
located and the port
number of the
RETPORT. The system
attempts to turn on the
ALD power switch on
the RETPORT.

ALD
Power
Switch

PWRSWIT
CH

Set this parameter to ON when an


ALD is used. The default value is
OFF.

This parameter is set to


ON when the power
switch is turned on or to
OFF when the power
switch cannot be turned
on.

Current
Alarm
Threshold

THRESH
OLDTYPE

This parameter is set to


the default value
RET_ONLY_MULTI
CORE.

Table 10-10 Key parameters for configuring the ANTENNAPORT MO

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Paramete
r Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Control
Port
Cabinet
No.

CN

Control
Port
Subrack
No.

SRN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port for
an RET antenna, including the
cabinet number, subrack number, and
slot number of the RRU or RFU
where the control port is located and
the control port number.

Control
Port Slot
No.

SN

These parameters are set


to the cabinet number,
subrack number, and slot
number of the RRU
where the
ANTENNAPORT is
located and the port
number of the
RETPORT. The system
attempts to turn on the
ALD power switch on
the ANTENNAPORT.

Control
Port
Cabinet
No.

PN

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

135

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Paramete
r Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

ALD
Power
Switch

PWRSWIT
CH

Set this parameter to ON when an


ALD is used. The default value is
OFF.

This parameter is set to


ON when the power
switch is turned on or to
OFF when the power
switch cannot be turned
on.

Current
Alarm
Threshold

THRESH
OLDTYPE

This parameter is set to


the default value
TMA24DB_AISG.

For a GBTS, Table 10-11 and Table 10-12 describe the parameters for configuring the
RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-11 Key parameters for configuring the RETPORT MO
Paramete
r Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

RET ALD
Power
Switch

PwrSwitch
RET

Set this parameter to ON when an


ALD is used. The default value is
OFF.

This parameter is set to


ON when the power
switch is turned on or to
OFF when the power
switch cannot be turned
on.

RET ALD
Current
Alarm
Threshold
Type

THRESH
OLDTYPE
RET

This parameter is set to


the default value
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE.

Table 10-12 Key parameters for configuring the ANTENNAPORT MO

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

ANT_A
ALD
Power
Switch

PwrSwitch
A

Set this parameter to ON when an


ALD is used. The default value is
OFF.

This parameter is set to


ON when the power
switch is turned on or to
OFF when the power
switch cannot be turned
on.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

136

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

ANT_A
ALD
Current
Alarm
Threshold
Type

ChkModA

This parameter is set to


the default value
TMA24DB_AISG.

Scanning ALDs
The system starts scanning ALDs after the ALD power switch is turned on. The system will scan
a connected ALD and existing data of the ALD. The ALD data is used for later automatic
configuration.

Configuring the RET and RETSUBUNIT MOs


After an RET antenna is scanned, the system automatically configures the RET and
RETSUBUNIT MOs.
For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-13 and Table 10-14 describe the parameters for
configuring the RET and RETSUBUNIT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-13 Key parameters for configuring the RET MO

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICE
NO

The device number of each ALD in a


base station must be unique. Note that
the RET antenna's DEVICENO must
be different from the TMA's.

The system
automatically allocates
device numbers with no
duplicates.

Device
Name

DEVICE
NAME

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna.

The format of the device


name is as follows:
device type_cabinet
number of the control
port_subrack number of
the control port_slot
number of the control
port_random number,
for example,
RET_0_60_0_1.

Control
Port
Cabinet No.

CTRLCN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port for
an RET antenna, including the
cabinet number, subrack number, and

These parameters are set


based on the ALD
scanning results.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

137

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Control
Port
Subrack
No.

CTRLSR
N

slot number of the RRU or RFU


where the control port is located.

Control
Port Slot
No.

CTRLSN

RET Type

RETTYP
E

Set this parameter as follows:


l Set this parameter to
SINGLE_RET for the RET
antenna with a single RET
subunit.

Automatic
Configuration

These parameters are set


based on the ALD
scanning results.

l Set this parameter to


MULTI_RET for the RET
antenna with multiple RET
subunits.
RET
Subunit
Number

SUBUNI
TNUM

Number of RET subunits used by a


base station.

Polar Type

POLART
YPE

This parameter is set to


DUAL.

Antenna
Scenario

SCENARI
O

This parameter specifies how the


RET antenna is connected to an RRU
or RFU.

If only one RET antenna


is scanned on a control
port, this parameter is set
to REGULAR.

Set this parameter if the RETTYPE


parameter is set to MULTI_RET.

l Set this parameter to


REGULAR if the RET antenna is
directly connected to the RRU or
RFU. In this scenario,
VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters do not
need to be specified.

These parameters are set


based on the ALD
scanning results.

If multiple RET
antennas are scanned on
a control port, this
parameter is set to
DAISY_CHAIN.

l Set this parameter to


DAISY_CHAIN when two RET
antennas are cascaded. In this
scenario, the control port for RET
antennas must be configured on
the upper-level RRU or RFU of
the daisy chain. The
VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters must be
specified.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

138

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Vendor
Code

VENDOR
CODE

Set this parameter based on the


manufacturer information, for
example, KA for a Kathrein RET
antenna, AN for an Andrew RET
antenna, or HW for a Huawei
Agisson RET antenna.

These parameters are set


based on the ALD
scanning results.

This parameter is mandatory in daisy


chain scenarios.
Serial No.

SERIALN
O

Set this parameter according to the


antenna serial number.
This parameter is mandatory in daisy
chain scenarios.

These parameters are set


based on the ALD
scanning results.

Table 10-14 Key parameters for configuring the RETSUBUNIT MO

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICE
NO

Device number of an RET antenna

Device number of an
RET antenna

Subunit No.

SUBUNI
TNO

This parameter specifies the RET


subunit number, which starts from 1.

The system
automatically allocates
subunit numbers with no
duplicates.

Connect
Port 1
Cabinet No.

CONNCN
1

Connect
Port 1
Subrack
No.

CONNSR
N1

Connect
Port 1 Slot
No.

CONNSN
1

Connect
Port 1 Port
No.

CONNPN
1

l If single-antenna
RET antennas are
used and the RET
antennas are not in
daisy chain mode,
connection port 1 is
set to R0A on the
RRU where the
control port is
located, and
connection port 2 is
set to R0B on the
RRU where the
control port is
located.

Connect
Port 2
Cabinet No.

CONNCN
2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

l If a multi-antenna
RET antenna is used
or if single-antenna
RET antennas work

139

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Connect
Port 2
Subrack
No.

CONNSR
N2

Connect
Port 2 Slot
No.

CONNSN
2

Connect
Port 2 Port
No.

CONNPN
2

Tilt

TILT

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration
in daisy chain mode,
neither connection
port 1 nor connection
port 2 is set.

This parameter is set to


the actual RET antenna
downtilt obtained from
the output of the DSP
RETSUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

For a GBTS, Table 10-15 and Table 10-16 describe the parameters for configuring the RET
and RETSUBUNIT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-15 Key parameters for configuring the RET MO

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICE
NO

The device number of each ALD in a


base station must be unique. Note that
the RET antenna's DEVICENO must
be different from the TMA's.

The system
automatically allocates
device numbers with no
duplicates.

Device
Name

DEVICE
NAME

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna.

The format of the device


name is as follows:
device type_cabinet
number of the control
port_subrack number of
the control port_slot
number of the control
port_random number.

Control
Port
Cabinet No.

CTRLPO
RTCN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port for
an RET antenna, including the
cabinet number, subrack number, and

These parameters are set


based on the ALD
scanning results.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

140

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Control
Port
Subrack
No.

CTRLPO
RTSRN

slot number of the RRU or RFU


where the control port is located.

Control
Port Slot
No.

CTRLPO
RTSN

Control
Port No.

CTRLPO
RTNO

Control port number. The value


ranges from 0 to 2. Control ports 0, 1,
and 2 correspond to the ports
ANT_A, ANT_B, and RETPORT,
respectively. Only one port on the
RRU or RFU can be used as the
control port for the RET antenna. In a
daisy chain scenario, multiple RCUs
share one control port.

These parameters are set


based on the ALD
scanning results.

RETType

RETTYP
E

Set this parameter as follows:

These parameters are set


based on the ALD
scanning results.

l Set this parameter to


SINGLE_RET for the RET
antenna with a single RET
subunit.

Automatic
Configuration

l Set this parameter to


MULTI_RET for the RET
antenna with multiple RET
subunits.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

RET
Subunit
Number

SUBUNI
TNUM

Polar Type

POLART
YPE

Number of RET subunits used by a


base station.
Set this parameter if the RETTYPE
parameter is set to MULTI_RET.
-

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

These parameters are set


based on the ALD
scanning results.

This parameter is set to


DUAL.

141

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Antenna
Scenario

SCENARI
O

This parameter specifies how the


RET antenna is connected to an RRU
or RFU.

If only one RET antenna


is scanned on a control
port, this parameter is set
to REGULAR.

l Set this parameter to


REGULAR if the RET antenna is
directly connected to the RRU or
RFU. In this scenario,
VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters do not
need to be specified.

If multiple RET
antennas are scanned on
a control port, this
parameter is set to
DAISY_CHAIN.

l Set this parameter to


DAISY_CHAIN when two RET
antennas are cascaded. In this
scenario, the control port for RET
antennas must be configured on
the upper-level RRU or RFU of
the daisy chain. The
VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters must be
specified.
Vendor
Code

VENDOR
CODE

Set this parameter based on the


manufacturer information, for
example, KA for a Kathrein RET
antenna, AN for an Andrew RET
antenna, or HW for a Huawei
Agisson RET antenna.

These parameters are set


based on the ALD
scanning results.

This parameter is mandatory in daisy


chain scenarios.
Serial No.

SERIALN
O

Set this parameter according to the


antenna serial number.
This parameter is mandatory in daisy
chain scenarios.

These parameters are set


based on the ALD
scanning results.

Table 10-16 Key parameters for configuring the RETSUBUNIT MO

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICEN
O

Device number of an RET antenna

Device number of an
RET antenna

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

142

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

SubUnit
No.

SUBUNIT
NO

This parameter specifies the RET


subunit number, which starts from 1.

The system
automatically allocates
subunit numbers with no
duplicates.

Connect
Port 1
Cabinet
No.

CONNCN
1

Connect
Port 1
Subrack
No.

CONNSR
N1

Connect
Port 1 Slot
No.

CONNSN1

Connect
Port 1 Port
No.

CONNPN1

l If single-antenna
RET antennas are
used and the RET
antennas are not in
daisy chain mode,
connection port 1 is
set to 0 (ANT_A) on
the RRU where the
control port is
located, and
connection port 2 is
set to 1 (ANT_B) on
the RRU where the
control port is
located.

Connect
Port 2
Cabinet
No.

CONNCN
2

Connect
Port 2
Subrack
No.

CONNSR
N2

Connect
Port 2 Slot
No.

CONNSN2

Connect
Port 2 Port
No.

CONNPN2

Tilt
(0.1degree)

TILT

l If a multi-antenna
RET antenna is used
or if single-antenna
RET antennas work
in daisy chain mode,
neither connection
port 1 nor connection
port 2 is set.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

This parameter is set to


the actual RET antenna
downtilt obtained from
the output of the DSP
RETSUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

143

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Configuring the TMA and TMASUBUNIT MOs


After a TMA is scanned, the system automatically configures the TMA and TMASUBUNIT
MOs.
For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-17 and Table 10-18 describe the parameters for
configuring the TMA and TMASUBUNIT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-17 Key parameters for configuring the TMA MO

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICEN
O

The device number of each ALD in a


base station must be unique. Note
that the TMA's DEVICENO must be
different from the RET antenna's.

The system
automatically allocates
device numbers with no
duplicates.

Device
Name

DEVICEN
AME

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna.

The format of the device


name is as follows:
device type_cabinet
number of the control
port_subrack number of
the control port_slot
number of the control
port_random number.

Control
Port
Cabinet
No.

CTRLCN

These parameters are set


based on the ALD
scanning results.

Control
Port
Subrack
No.

CTRLSRN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port for
an RET antenna, including the
cabinet number, subrack number,
and slot number of the RRU or RFU
where the control port is located. Set
these parameters based on
connections between the TMA and
the RRU or RFU.

Control
Port Slot
No.

CTRLSN

TMA
Subunit
Number

SUBUNIT
NUM

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. Generally, this parameter
is set to 2.

These parameters are set


based on the ALD
scanning results.

Vendor
Code

VENDOR
CODE

This parameter is mandatory in a


non-regular scenario. Set this
parameter to the actual TMA
manufacturer code.

These parameters are set


based on the ALD
scanning results.

Serial No.

SERIALN
O

This parameter is mandatory in a


non-regular scenario. Set this
parameter to the actual TMA serial
number.

These parameters are set


based on the ALD
scanning results.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

144

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Table 10-18 Key parameters for configuring the TMASUBUNIT MO


Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICEN
O

Device number of a TMA

Device number of a
TMA

Subunit
No.

SUBUNIT
NO

Number of a TMA subunit

The system
automatically allocates
subunit numbers with no
duplicates.

Connect
Port
Cabinet
No.

CONNCN

Connect
Port
Subrack
No.

CONNSR
N

Connect
Port Slot
No.

CONNSN

l If the number of
TMA subunits is 2,
connection port 1 is
set to R0A on the
RRU where the
control port is
located, and
connection port 2 is
set to R0B on the
RRU where the
control port is
located.

Connect
Port No.

CONNPN

Mode

MODE

l If the number of
TMA subunits is not
2, connection ports
are not set.
The TMA subunit supports two
working modes: normal mode and
bypass mode:
l In normal mode, the TMA subunit
functions and the TMA amplifies
uplink signals.
l In bypass mode, the TMA subunit
works as a straight-through
feeder. It does not amplify uplink
signals. The default value is
NORMAL.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

This parameter is set to


the actual working mode
of the TMA subunit
obtained from the output
of the DSP
TMASUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

145

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Gain

GAIN

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design. The gain value
range supported by the TMA varies
according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to
query the value range before setting
the gain.

This parameter is set to


the actual gain of the
TMA subunit obtained
from the output of the
DSP TMASUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

If the gain is fixed, this parameter is


optional, or you can set this
parameter to its actual gain value.

For a GBTS, Table 10-19 and Table 10-20 describe the parameters for configuring the TMA
and TMASUBUNIT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-19 Key parameters for configuring the TMA MO

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICE
NO

The device number of each ALD in a


base station must be unique. Note that
the TMA's DEVICENO must be
different from the RET antenna's.

The system
automatically allocates
device numbers with no
duplicates.

Device
Name

DEVICE
NAME

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna.

The format of the device


name is as follows:
device type_cabinet
number of the control
port_subrack number of
the control port_slot
number of the control
port_random number.

TMA
Power
Supply
Type

PWRSUP
PLYTYPE

This parameter is set to


the default value
SINGLE_PORT_PO
WER.

Control
Port
Cabinet No.

CTRLPO
RTCN

These parameters are set


based on the ALD
scanning results.

Control
Port
Subrack
No.

CTRLPO
RTSRN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port,
including the cabinet number,
subrack number, and slot number of
the RRU or RFU where the control
port is located for an RET antenna.
Set these parameters based on control

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

146

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Control
Port Slot
No.

CTRLPO
RTSN

relationship between the TMA and


the RRU or RFU.

TMA
Subunit
Number

SUBUNI
TNUM

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. Generally, the value is 2.

These parameters are set


based on the ALD
scanning results.

Vendor
code

VENDOR
CODE

These parameters are set


based on the ALD
scanning results.

Serial No.

SERIALN
O

These parameters are set


based on the ALD
scanning results.

Table 10-20 Key parameters for configuring the TMASUBUNIT MO

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICE
NO

Device number of a TMA

Device number of a
TMA

SubUnit
No.

SUBUNI
TNO

Number of a TMA subunit

The system
automatically allocates
subunit numbers with no
duplicates.

Connect
Port
Cabinet No.

CONNCN

Connect
Port
Subrack
No.

CONNSR
N

Connect
Port Slot
No.

CONNSN

l If the number of
TMA subunits is 2,
connection port 1 is
set to 0 (ANT_A) on
the RRU where the
control port is
located, and
connection port 2 is
set to 1 (ANT_B) on
the RRU where the
control port is
located.

Connect
Port Port
No.

CONNPN

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

l If the number of
TMA subunits is not
2, connection ports
are not set.

147

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Mode

MODE

The TMA subunit supports two


working modes, normal mode and
bypass modes:

This parameter is set to


the actual working mode
of the TMA subunit
obtained from the output
of the DSP
TMASUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

l In normal mode, the TMA subunit


functions and the TMA amplifies
uplink signals.
l In bypass mode, the TMA subunit
works as a straight-through
feeder. It does not amplify uplink
signals. The default value is
NORMAL.
Gain
(0.25db)

GAIN

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design. The gain value
range supported by the TMA varies
according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP
BTSTMADEVICEDATA
command to query the value range
before setting the gain. If the gain is
fixed, this parameter is optional, or
you can set this parameter to its actual
gain value.

This parameter is set to


the actual gain of the
TMA subunit obtained
from the output of the
DSP TMASUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

Configuring the RX Channel Attenuation


You need to configure the correspondingRX channel attenuation after MODE and GAIN have
been configured for the TMASUBUNIT MO.
For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-21 describes the parameters for configuring the RX
channel attenuation.
Table 10-21 Key parameters for configuring the RX channel attenuation

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

RX
Channel
No.

RXNO

RX channel number of the RRU or


RFU.

RX channel number of
port 0 is set to that of RF
port R0A and RX
channel number of port
1 is set to that of RF port
R0B.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

148

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Attenuatio
n

ATTEN

l If no TMA is used, set this


parameter to 0.

l If the number of
TMA subunits is 2,
this parameter is set
to
TMASUBUNIT.G
AIN minus 4 for
TMA subunits
working in normal
mode or to the
default value 0 for
TMA subunits
working in bypass
mode.

l If a 12 dB TMA is used, set this


parameter to a value within the
range from 4 dB to 11 dB.
l If a 24 dB TMA is used, set this
parameter to a value within the
range from 11 dB to 22 dB.

l If the number of
TMA subunits is not
2, this parameter is
not set.

For a GBTS, Table 10-22 describes the parameters for configuring the RX channel attenuation.
Table 10-22 Key parameters for configuring the RX channel attenuation

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Antenna
Tributary 1
Flag

HAVETT1

This parameter specifies whether a


TMA is connected to RF port
ANT_A. If a TMA is connected, set
this parameter to YES.

Antenna
Tributary 1
Factor

ATTENFA
CTOR1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is
installed. This parameter can be set
only if the RXUTYPE parameter is
set to DRRU or DRFU.

Antenna tributary 1 is
the RX channel on port 0
(ANT_A). Antenna
tributary 2 is the RX
channel on port 1
(ANT_A).

Antenna
Tributary 1
Factor

MRRUAT
TENFACT
OR1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is
installed. This parameter can be set
only if the RXUTYPE parameter is
not set to a value other than DRRU
or DRFU.

Antenna
Tributary 2
Flag

HAVETT2

This parameter specifies whether a


TMA is connected to RF port
ANT_B. If a TMA is connected, set
this parameter to YES.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

l If the number of
TMA subunits is 2,
the RX channel
attenuation is set to
either of the
following values:
l TMASUBUNIT.GA
IN minus 4: The
TMA subunits are
working in normal
mode.
l 0 (default value): The
TMA subunits are

149

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)

Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Antenna
Tributary 2
Factor

ATTENFA
CTOR2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is
installed. This parameter can be set
only if the RXUTYPE parameter is
set to DRRU or DRFU.

Antenna
Tributary 2
Factor

MRRUAT
TENFACT
OR2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is
installed. This parameter can be set
only if the RXUTYPE parameter is
set to a value other than DRRU or
DRFU.

Automatic
Configuration
working in bypass
mode and the
antenna tributary flag
is set to Yes.
l If the number of
TMA subunits is not
2, the RX channel
attenuation is not set.

Multimode Base Station ALD Automatic Configuration


If an RRU or RFU connected to ALDs works in multiple modes, the system uses the following
rules when implementing ALD automatic deployment:
l

Parameters related to the ALD power switch and RX channel attenuation of the RRU or
RFU must be set to the same values in modes that manage the RRU or RFU.

ALD parameters other than the preceding ones must be configured only in one of all modes
that manage the RRU or RFU.

The mode can be selected on the U2000 AMS client by choosing Configuration > MBTS
Management > MBTS Priority Settings. A mode of a higher priority is preferred. Therefore,
you need to set mode priorities before ALD automatic deployment.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

150

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

11

Parameters

Table 11-1 Parameter description


MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RET

SCENA
RIO

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

MOD
RET

MRFD210602

LST
RET

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the connection scenario of the


antenna. This parameter must be set based on the
hardware installation. The vendor code and serial
number of the device must be correctly configured in a
non-regular scenario. This parameter can be set to
REGULAR, DAISY_CHAIN, SECTOR_SPLITTING,
or 2G_EXTENSION.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

GUI Value Range: REGULAR(REGULAR),


DAISY_CHAIN(DAISY_CHAIN),
SECTOR_SPLITTING(SECTOR_SPLITTING),
2G_EXTENSION(2G_EXTENSION)
Actual Value Range: REGULAR, DAISY_CHAIN,
SECTOR_SPLITTING, 2G_EXTENSION
Default Value: None
Unit: None

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

151

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMASU
BUNIT

MODE

MOD
TMASU
BUNIT

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the working mode of the TMA


subunit. If the TMA subunit works in BYPASS mode,
it does not amplify the uplink signals. If this parameter
is set to DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE, it is invalid and
the actual mode is not changed.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Actual Value Range: NORMAL, BYPASS,


DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the antenna type. This parameter


can be set to SINGLE_RET or MULTI_RET.

LST
TMASU
BUNIT

RET

RETTY
PE

WRFD060003

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

MOD
RET

MRFD210602

MOD
RETTIL
T

WRFD060003

LST
RET

GUI Value Range: NORMAL(NORMAL), BYPASS


(BYPASS), DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE
(DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE)

Default Value: NORMAL(NORMAL)


Unit: None

GUI Value Range: SINGLE_RET(SINGLE_RET),


MULTI_RET(MULTI_RET)
Actual Value Range: SINGLE_RET, MULTI_RET
Default Value: None
Unit: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

152

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RET

VENDO
RCODE

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the vendor code.

MOD
RET

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

LST
RET

GUI Value Range: 0~2 characters


Actual Value Range: 0~2 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
RET

SERIAL
NO

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

MOD
RET

WRFD060003

LST
RET

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD. The


vendor code and the serial number uniquely identify an
ALD.
GUI Value Range: 0~36 characters
Actual Value Range: 0~36 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
RETPO
RT

CN

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

DSP
RETPO
RT

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU


where the RET port is located.
GUI Value Range: 0

LST
RETPO
RT

Actual Value Range: 0

MOD
RETPO
RT

Unit: None

Default Value: None

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

153

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETPO
RT

SRN

DSP
RETPO
RT

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU


where the RET port is located.

RETPO
RT

RETPO
RT

SN

PN

GUI Value Range: 60~254

LST
RETPO
RT

Actual Value Range: 60~254

MOD
RETPO
RT

Unit: None

DSP
RETPO
RT

Default Value: None

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU where


the RET port is located.
GUI Value Range: 0

LST
RETPO
RT

Actual Value Range: 0

MOD
RETPO
RT

Unit: None

DSP
RETPO
RT
LST
RETPO
RT
MOD
RETPO
RT

Default Value: None

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of the RET port on an


RRU. This parameter is set to RET_PORT.
GUI Value Range: RET_PORT(RET_PORT)
Actual Value Range: RET_PORT
Default Value: None
Unit: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

154

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETPO
RT

PWRS
WITCH

MOD
RETPO
RT

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the state of the ALD power supply


switch. If SINGLE_RET(Single-antenna Remote
Electrical Tilt), MULTI_RET(Multi-antenna Remote
Electrical Tilt) or RAE(Remote eAntenna Extension) is
used, the ALD power supply switch must be set to ON.
In actual running, the RRU automatically sets this
switch to OFF for an RET port when the ALM-26530
RF Module ALD Current Abnormal alarm is reported
due to overcurrent, overcurrent protection, or
undercurrent protection (the RRU supports
undercurrent protection and Low Current Protect
Switch is set to ON for the RRU) on the RET port. For
details, see ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current
Abnormal.

LST
RETPO
RT

MRFD210602
WRFD060003

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
RETPO
RT

THRES
HOLDT
YPE

MOD
RETPO
RT
LST
RETPO
RT

None

None

GUI Value Range: ON(ON), OFF(OFF)


Actual Value Range: ON, OFF
Default Value: OFF(OFF)
Unit: None
Meaning: Indicates the type of the ALD current alarm
threshold. The current alarm threshold for the ALDs
(excluding user-defined ALDs), that is, for RET
antennas only (multi-wire cable), must be selected
according to the ALD type. The Undercurrent Alarm
Occur Threshold is 10 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm
Clear Threshold is 15 mA, the Overcurrent Alarm Occur
Threshold is 150 mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm Clear
Threshold is 120 mA. This parameter can be set to
UER_SELF_DEFINE or RET_ONLY_MULTICORE.
GUI Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE
(USER_DEFINED), RET_ONLY_MULTICORE
(RET_ONLY_MULTICORE)
Actual Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE,
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE
Default Value: UER_SELF_DEFINE
(USER_DEFINED)
Unit: None

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

155

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETPO
RT

UOTHD

MOD
RETPO
RT

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm occur


threshold. When the ALD current value is smaller than
this threshold, an ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current
Abnormal alarm is reported. The specific problem is
undercurrent.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: 40

LST
RETPO
RT

MRFD210602
WRFD060003

GUI Value Range: 0~3500


Actual Value Range: 0~3500
Unit: mA

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
RETPO
RT

UCTHD

MOD
RETPO
RT
LST
RETPO
RT

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm clear


threshold. When the ALD current value is greater than
this threshold, the ALM-26530 RF Module ALD
Current Abnormal alarm is cleared.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Unit: mA

GUI Value Range: 0~3500


Actual Value Range: 0~3500
Default Value: 60

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

156

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETPO
RT

OOTHD

MOD
RETPO
RT

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm occur


threshold. When the overcurrent alarm occur threshold
is lower than the maximum current supported by the
hardware, the overcurrent alarm occur threshold
prevails. When the ALD current value is greater than
this threshold, ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current
Abnormal is reported and the specific problem is
overcurrent.When the overcurrent alarm occur
threshold is higher than the maximum current supported
by the hardware, the maximum current supported by the
hardware serves as the overcurrent alarm threshold.
When the ALD current value is the same as or greater
than the maximum current supported by the hardware,
ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current Abnormal is
reported and the specific problem is overcurrent
protection.

LST
RETPO
RT

MRFD210602
WRFD060003

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

GUI Value Range: 0~3500


Actual Value Range: 0~3500
Default Value: 185
Unit: mA

RETPO
RT

OCTHD

MOD
RETPO
RT
LST
RETPO
RT

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm clear


threshold. When the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
is lower than the maximum current supported by the
hardware, the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
prevails. When the ALD current value is lower than this
threshold, ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current
Abnormal is cleared.When the overcurrent alarm clear
threshold is higher than the maximum current supported
by the hardware, the maximum current supported by the
hardware serves as the overcurrent alarm threshold.
When the ALD current value is lower than the
maximum current supported by the hardware,
ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current Abnormal is
cleared.
GUI Value Range: 0~3500
Actual Value Range: 0~3500
Default Value: 155
Unit: mA

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

157

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RET

DEVIC
ENO

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the device number of the ALD. The


device number of the ALD must be unique.

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

DSP
ALDVE
R
DSP
RET

GUI Value Range: 0~125


Actual Value Range: 0~125
Default Value: None
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

LST
RET
MOD
RET
RMV
RET
RST
ALD
RET

DEVIC
ENAME

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

MOD
RET

WRFD060003

DSP
ALDVE
R
LST
RET

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Meaning: Indicates the device name of the ALD, which


identifies the ALD. It is recommended that you set the
device name in the following format: sector_device
type_network type. The meanings of the parts are as
follows: Sector: indicates the number of the sector.
Device type: indicates the type of currently connected
device. It can be SINGLE_RET (Single-antenna
Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), MULTI_RET (Multiantenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), TMA (Towermounted Amplifier), SASU (Same-band Antenna
Sharing Unit), or RAE (Remote eAntenna Extension).
Network type: indicates whether the current ALD is
used for a 2G network or 3G/LTE network. The device
name is optional, but the device name configured for
each ALD must be unique.
GUI Value Range: 0~49 characters
Actual Value Range: 0~49 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)
Unit: None

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

158

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RET

CTRLC
N

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or


RFU that controls the ALD.

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

DLD
RETCF
GDATA
DSP
ALDVE
R

GUI Value Range: 0~62


Actual Value Range: 0~62
Default Value: 0
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
RET
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
RET
LST
RET
RET

CTRLS
RN

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

DLD
RETCF
GDATA
DSP
ALDVE
R
MOD
RET
RST
ALD

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or


RFU that controls the ALD.
GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254
Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254
Default Value: None
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

SCN
ALD
DSP
RET
LST
RET

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

159

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RET

CTRLS
N

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or RFU


that controls the ALD.

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

DLD
RETCF
GDATA
DSP
ALDVE
R

GUI Value Range: 0~8


Actual Value Range: 0~8
Default Value: None
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
RET
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
RET
LST
RET
RET

SUBUN
ITNUM

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

MOD
RET

MRFD210602

LST
RET

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of configured RET


subunits.
GUI Value Range: 1~8
Actual Value Range: 1~8
Default Value: 1
Unit: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

160

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RET

POLAR
TYPE

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the polarization type of the antenna.


This parameter can be set to SINGLE or DUAL.

MOD
RET

MRFD210602

LST
RET

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

GUI Value Range: SINGLE(SINGLE), DUAL(DUAL)


Actual Value Range: SINGLE, DUAL
Default Value: DUAL(DUAL)
Unit: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
RETSU
BUNIT

DEVIC
ENO

CLB
RET
DLD
RETCF
GDATA
DSP
RETSU
BUNIT

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RET.


GUI Value Range: 0~125
Actual Value Range: 0~125
Default Value: None
Unit: None

LST
RETSU
BUNIT
MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
MOD
RETTIL
T

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

161

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETSU
BUNIT

SUBUN
ITNO

CLB
RET

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Meaning: Indicates the number of the RET subunit,


which starts from 1.

DLD
RETCF
GDATA

GUI Value Range: 1~8


Actual Value Range: 1~8
Default Value: None

DSP
RETSU
BUNIT

Unit: None

LST
RETSU
BUNIT
MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
RETSU
BUNIT

CONNC
N1

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or


RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
Default Value: 255
Unit: None

RETSU
BUNIT

CONNS
RN1

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or


RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
Default Value: 255
Unit: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

162

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETSU
BUNIT

CONNS
N1

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or RFU


that is connected to antenna port 1.

LST
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210602
WRFD060003

GUI Value Range: 0~8,255


Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
Default Value: 255
Unit: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
RETSU
BUNIT

CONNP
N1

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the port number of the RRU or RFU


that is connected to antenna port 1.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: R0A(R0A)

GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B), R0C(R0C),


R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F), R0G(R0G), R0H
(R0H)
Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E, R0F,
R0G, R0H
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
RETSU
BUNIT

CONNC
N2

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or


RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This parameter
is valid when a dual-polarized antenna is used.
GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
Default Value: 255
Unit: None

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

163

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETSU
BUNIT

CONNS
RN2

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or


RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This parameter
is valid when a dual-polarized antenna is used.

LST
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210602
WRFD060003

GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255


Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
Default Value: 255
Unit: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
RETSU
BUNIT

CONNS
N2

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or RFU


that is connected to antenna port 2. This parameter is
valid when a dual-polarized antenna is used.
GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
Default Value: 255
Unit: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

164

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETSU
BUNIT

CONNP
N2

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the port number of RRU or RFU that


is connected to antenna port 2. This parameter is valid
when a dual-polarized antenna is used.

LST
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210602
WRFD060003

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B), R0C(R0C),


R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F), R0G(R0G), R0H
(R0H)
Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E, R0F,
R0G, R0H
Default Value: R0B(R0B)
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
RETSU
BUNIT

TILT

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
MOD
RETTIL
T
LST
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the antenna tilt of the RET subunit.


If this parameter is set to 32767, it is invalid and the
actual tilt is not changed.
GUI Value Range: -100~300,32767
Actual Value Range: -10~30,3276.7, step:0.1
Default Value: 32767
Unit: 0.1degree

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

165

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETDE
VICED
ATA

DEVIC
ENO

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RET.

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

MRFD210602

SUBUN
ITNO

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Default Value: None


Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

Actual Value Range: 0~125

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

RETDE
VICED
ATA

GUI Value Range: 0~125

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of the RET subunit,


which starts from 1.
GUI Value Range: 1~8
Actual Value Range: 1~8
Default Value: None
Unit: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

166

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETDE
VICED
ATA

MODEL
NO

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the model of the RET antenna


module.

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

MRFD210602

SERIAL
NO

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Default Value: NULL(empty string)


Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

Actual Value Range: 0~15 characters

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

RETDE
VICED
ATA

GUI Value Range: 0~15 characters

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the RET


antenna module.
GUI Value Range: 0~17 characters
Actual Value Range: 0~17 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)
Unit: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

167

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETDE
VICED
ATA

BAND1

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates band 1 supported by the antenna.

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

MRFD210602

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

RETDE
VICED
ATA

BEAM
WIDTH
1

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED), BandI


(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII), BandIV
(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI), BandVII
(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII), BandIX(BandIX),
BandX(BandX)
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,
BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII, BandVIII,
BandIX, BandX
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Unit: None

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 1.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to measure
the antenna pattern.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Unit: degree

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Actual Value Range: 0~359
Default Value: 0

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

168

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETDE
VICED
ATA

GAIN1

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 1.

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

MRFD210602

GUI Value Range: 0~255


Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0
Unit: 0.1dBi

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
RETDE
VICED
ATA

BAND2

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Meaning: Indicates band 2 supported by the antenna.


GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED), BandI
(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII), BandIV
(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI), BandVII
(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII), BandIX(BandIX),
BandX(BandX)
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,
BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII, BandVIII,
BandIX, BandX
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)
Unit: None

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

169

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETDE
VICED
ATA

BEAM
WIDTH
2

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 2.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to measure
the antenna pattern.

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Unit: degree

MRFD210602

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Actual Value Range: 0~359
Default Value: 0

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
RETDE
VICED
ATA

GAIN2

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 2.


GUI Value Range: 0~255
Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0
Unit: 0.1dBi

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

170

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETDE
VICED
ATA

BAND3

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates band 3 supported by the antenna.

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

MRFD210602

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

RETDE
VICED
ATA

BEAM
WIDTH
3

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED), BandI


(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII), BandIV
(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI), BandVII
(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII), BandIX(BandIX),
BandX(BandX)
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,
BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII, BandVIII,
BandIX, BandX
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Unit: None

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 3.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to measure
the antenna pattern.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Unit: degree

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Actual Value Range: 0~359
Default Value: 0

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

171

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETDE
VICED
ATA

GAIN3

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 3.

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

MRFD210602

GUI Value Range: 0~255


Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0
Unit: 0.1dBi

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
RETDE
VICED
ATA

BAND4

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Meaning: Indicates band 4 supported by the antenna.


GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED), BandI
(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII), BandIV
(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI), BandVII
(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII), BandIX(BandIX),
BandX(BandX)
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,
BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII, BandVIII,
BandIX, BandX
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)
Unit: None

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

172

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETDE
VICED
ATA

BEAM
WIDTH
4

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 4.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to measure
the antenna pattern.

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Unit: degree

MRFD210602

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Actual Value Range: 0~359
Default Value: 0

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
RETDE
VICED
ATA

GAIN4

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 4.


GUI Value Range: 0~255
Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0
Unit: 0.1dBi

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

173

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETDE
VICED
ATA

DATE

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the date when the antenna is


installed.

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

MRFD210602

INSTAL
LERID

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Default Value: NULL(empty string)


Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

Actual Value Range: 0~6 characters

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

RETDE
VICED
ATA

GUI Value Range: 0~6 characters

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the ID of the installation technician


who installed the antenna.
GUI Value Range: 0~5 characters
Actual Value Range: 0~5 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)
Unit: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

174

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETDE
VICED
ATA

BSID

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the base station ID. AISG1.1-based


RET antennas support a maximum length of 12
characters for the base station ID. If the input base
station ID has more than 12 characters, only the first 12
characters are saved on the RET antenna.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: NULL(empty string)

MRFD210602

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

RETDE
VICED
ATA

SECTO
RID

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters


Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the sector ID. AISG1.1-based RET


antennas support a maximum sector ID length of 4
characters. If the input sector ID has more than 4
characters, only the first 4 characters are saved on the
RET antenna.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: NULL(empty string)

GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters


Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

175

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RETDE
VICED
ATA

BEARI
NG

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the antenna azimuth.

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

MRFD210602

TILT

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Default Value: 0
Unit: degree

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

Actual Value Range: 0~359

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

RETDE
VICED
ATA

GUI Value Range: 0~359

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the mechanical tilt of the


installation.
GUI Value Range: -100~300
Actual Value Range: -10~30, step:0.1
Default Value: 0
Unit: 0.1degree

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

176

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANTEN
NAPOR
T

CN

DSP
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or


RFU where the antenna port is located.
GUI Value Range: 0~62
Actual Value Range: 0~62

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

Default Value: None


Unit: None

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

SRN

DSP
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or


RFU where the antenna port is located.
GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254
Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

Default Value: None


Unit: None

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

SN

DSP
ANTEN
NAPOR
T
LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or RFU


where the antenna port is located.
GUI Value Range: 0~8
Actual Value Range: 0~8
Default Value: None
Unit: None

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

177

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANTEN
NAPOR
T

PN

DSP
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of the antenna port on


the RRU or RFU.For the RRU that works in TDD mode
and has eight channels to be connected to the antenna,
the service channels are ANT1 to ANT8 and the
corresponding ports on the antenna are R0A to R0H. For
the RRU that works in TDD mode and does not have
eight channels or the RRU that works in FDD mode, the
service channels are named from ANT0 and the
corresponding port on the antenna is R0A.

MRFD210602

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

ANTEN
NAPOR
T

PWRS
WITCH

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B), R0C(R0C),


R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F), R0G(R0G), R0H
(R0H)
Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E, R0F,
R0G, R0H
Default Value: None
Unit: None

Meaning: Indicates the state of the ALD power supply


switch. The ALD power supply switches for the
SINGLE_RET (Single-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt),
MULTI_RET (Multi-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt),
STMA (Smart Tower-mounted Amplifier), SASU
(Same-band Antenna Sharing Unit), or RAE (Remote
eAntenna Extension) must be set to ON. In actual
running, the RRU/RFU automatically sets this switch to
OFF for an Antenna port when the ALM-26530 RF
Module ALD Current Abnormal alarm is reported due
to overcurrent, overcurrent protection, or undercurrent
protection (the RRU/RFU supports undercurrent
protection and Low Current Protect Switch is set to ON
for the RRU/RFU) on the Antenna port. For details, see
ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current Abnormal.
GUI Value Range: ON(ON), OFF(OFF)
Actual Value Range: ON, OFF
Default Value: OFF(OFF)
Unit: None

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

178

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANTEN
NAPOR
T

FEEDE
RLENG
TH

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the length of the feeder at the


antenna port.

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Unit: m(metric system);ft(imperial system)

MRFD210602

GUI Value Range: 0~1000(metric system);0~3281


(imperial system)
Actual Value Range: 0~1000(metric system);0~3281
(imperial system)
Default Value: 0(metric system);0(imperial system)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

DLDEL
AY

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the downlink delay of the antenna,


that is, the propagation delay from the output port of an
RF unit to the antenna port. If no TMA is configured,
this parameter is set to the propagation delay of the
feeder. If the TMA is configured, the parameter also
includes the delay of the TMA. This parameter does not
need to be specified when non-bidirectional channels
are used.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

GUI Value Range: 0~100000

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Actual Value Range: 0~100000


Default Value: 100
Unit: ns

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

179

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANTEN
NAPOR
T

ULDEL
AY

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the uplink delay of the antenna, that


is, the propagation delay from the antenna port to the
input port of an RF unit. If no TMA is configured, this
parameter is set to the propagation delay of the feeder.
If the TMA is configured, the parameter also includes
the delay of the TMA.

MRFD210602

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

GUI Value Range: 0~100000


Actual Value Range: 0~100000
Default Value: 100
Unit: ns

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

180

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANTEN
NAPOR
T

THRES
HOLDT
YPE

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the type of the ALD current alarm


threshold. The current alarm thresholds for ALDs
(excluding user-defined ALDs) must be selected
according to the ALD type and connection mode. For
12 dB non-AISG TMAs only: the Undercurrent Alarm
Occur Threshold is 30 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm
Clear Threshold is 40 mA, the Overcurrent Occur Alarm
Threshold is 170 mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm Clear
Threshold is 150 mA. For 24 dB non-AISG TMAs only:
the Undercurrent Alarm Occur Threshold is 40 mA, the
Undercurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is 60 mA, the
Overcurrent Occur Alarm Threshold is 310 mA, and the
Overcurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is 280 mA. For
RET (coaxial) only: the Undercurrent Alarm Occur
Threshold is 25 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm Clear
Threshold is 33 mA, the Overcurrent Occur Alarm
Threshold is 150 mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm Clear
Threshold is 120 mA. For 12 dB TMA and RET or 12
dB TMA (AISG) only: the Undercurrent Alarm Occur
Threshold is 30 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm Clear
Threshold is 40 mA, the Overcurrent Occur Alarm
Threshold is 450 mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm Clear
Threshold is 400 mA. For 24 dB TMA and RET or 24
dB TMA (AISG) only: the Undercurrent Alarm Occur
Threshold is 40 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm Clear
Threshold is 60 mA, the Overcurrent Occur Alarm
Threshold is 850 mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm Clear
Threshold is 750 mA. This parameter can be set to
UER_SELF_DEFINE,
TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,
TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,
RET_ONLY_COAXIAL, TMA12DB_AISG, or
TMA24DB_AISG.

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

GUI Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE


(USER_DEFINED), TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG
(TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG),
TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG
(TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG),
RET_ONLY_COAXIAL(RET_ONLY_COAXIAL),
TMA12DB_AISG(TMA12DB_AISG),
TMA24DB_AISG(TMA24DB_AISG)
Actual Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE,
TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,
TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,
RET_ONLY_COAXIAL, TMA12DB_AISG,
TMA24DB_AISG

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

181

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

11 Parameters

Description

Default Value: UER_SELF_DEFINE


(USER_DEFINED)
Unit: None
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

UOTHD

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm occur


threshold. When the ALD current value is smaller than
this threshold, an ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current
Abnormal alarm is reported. The specific problem is
undercurrent.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: 40

GUI Value Range: 0~3500


Actual Value Range: 0~3500
Unit: mA

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

UCTHD

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm clear


threshold. When the ALD current value is greater than
this threshold, the ALM-26530 RF Module ALD
Current Abnormal alarm is cleared.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Unit: mA

GUI Value Range: 0~3500


Actual Value Range: 0~3500
Default Value: 60

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

182

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANTEN
NAPOR
T

OOTHD

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm occur


threshold. When the ALD current value is greater than
this threshold, an ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current
Abnormal alarm is reported. The specific problem is
overcurrent. When the overcurrent alarm occur
threshold is lower than the maximum current supported
by the hardware, the overcurrent alarm occur threshold
prevails. When the overcurrent alarm occur threshold is
higher than the maximum current supported by the
hardware, the maximum current supported by the
hardware serves as the overcurrent alarm occur
threshold.

MRFD210602

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

OCTHD

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

GUI Value Range: 0~3500


Actual Value Range: 0~3500
Default Value: 185
Unit: mA

Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm clear


threshold. When the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
is lower than the maximum current supported by the
hardware, the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
prevails. When the ALD current value is lower than this
threshold, ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current
Abnormal is cleared.When the overcurrent alarm clear
threshold is higher than the maximum current supported
by the hardware, the maximum current supported by the
hardware serves as the overcurrent alarm clear
threshold. When the ALD current value is lower than
the maximum current supported by the hardware,
ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current Abnormal is
cleared.
GUI Value Range: 0~3500
Actual Value Range: 0~3500
Default Value: 155
Unit: mA

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

183

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMA

DEVIC
ENO

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the device number of the ALD. The


device number of the ALD must be unique.

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

DSP
ALDVE
R
DSP
TMA

GUI Value Range: 0~125


Actual Value Range: 0~125
Default Value: None
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

LST
TMA
MOD
TMA
RMV
TMA
RST
ALD
TMA

DEVIC
ENAME

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

MOD
TMA

WRFD060003

DSP
ALDVE
R
LST
TMA

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Meaning: Indicates the device name of the ALD, which


identifies the ALD. It is recommended that you set the
device name in the following format: sector_device
type_network type. The meanings of the parts are as
follows: Sector: indicates the number of the sector.
Device type: indicates the type of currently connected
device. It can be SINGLE_RET (Single-antenna
Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), MULTI_RET (Multiantenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), TMA (Towermounted Amplifier), SASU (Same-band Antenna
Sharing Unit), or RAE (Remote eAntenna Extension).
Network type: indicates whether the current ALD is
used for a 2G network or 3G/LTE network. The device
name is optional, but the device name configured for
each ALD must be unique.
GUI Value Range: 0~49 characters
Actual Value Range: 0~49 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)
Unit: None

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

184

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMA

CTRLC
N

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or


RFU that controls the ALD.

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

DLD
RETCF
GDATA
DSP
ALDVE
R

GUI Value Range: 0~62


Actual Value Range: 0~62
Default Value: 0
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
TMA
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
TMA
LST
TMA
TMA

CTRLS
RN

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

DLD
RETCF
GDATA
DSP
ALDVE
R
MOD
TMA
RST
ALD

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or


RFU that controls the ALD.
GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254
Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254
Default Value: None
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

SCN
ALD
DSP
TMA
LST
TMA

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

185

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMA

CTRLS
N

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or RFU


that controls the ALD.

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

DLD
RETCF
GDATA
DSP
ALDVE
R

GUI Value Range: 0~8


Actual Value Range: 0~8
Default Value: None
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
TMA
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
TMA
LST
TMA
TMA

SUBUN
ITNUM

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

MOD
TMA

WRFD060003

LST
TMA

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of configured TMA


subunits.
GUI Value Range: 1~2
Actual Value Range: 1~2
Default Value: None
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

186

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMA

VENDO
RCODE

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the vendor code.

MOD
TMA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

LST
TMA

GUI Value Range: 0~2 characters


Actual Value Range: 0~2 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
TMA

SERIAL
NO

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

MOD
TMA

WRFD060003

LST
TMA

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD. The


vendor code and the serial number uniquely identify an
ALD.
GUI Value Range: 0~36 characters
Actual Value Range: 0~36 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

187

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMASU
BUNIT

DEVIC
ENO

DSP
TMASU
BUNIT

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the device number of the TMA.

LST
TMASU
BUNIT

WRFD060003

MOD
TMASU
BUNIT

TMASU
BUNIT

SUBUN
ITNO

DSP
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
TMASU
BUNIT
MOD
TMASU
BUNIT

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

GUI Value Range: 0~125


Actual Value Range: 0~125
Default Value: None
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of the TMA subunit,


which starts from 1.
GUI Value Range: 1~2
Actual Value Range: 1~2
Default Value: None
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

188

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMASU
BUNIT

CONNC
N

MOD
TMASU
BUNIT

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or


RFU that provides the antenna port to which the TMA
subunit is connected.

LST
TMASU
BUNIT

WRFD060003

GUI Value Range: 0~62,255


Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
Default Value: 255
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
TMASU
BUNIT

CONNS
RN

MOD
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
TMASU
BUNIT

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or


RFU that provides the antenna port to which the TMA
subunit is connected.
GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
Default Value: 255
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

189

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMASU
BUNIT

CONNS
N

MOD
TMASU
BUNIT

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or RFU


that provides the antenna port to which the TMA subunit
is connected.

LST
TMASU
BUNIT

WRFD060003

GUI Value Range: 0~8,255


Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
Default Value: 255
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
TMASU
BUNIT

CONNP
N

MOD
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
TMASU
BUNIT

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of the antenna port to


which the TMA subunit is connected.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Default Value: R0A(R0A)

GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B), R0C(R0C),


R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F), R0G(R0G), R0H
(R0H)
Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E, R0F,
R0G, R0H
Unit: None

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

190

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMASU
BUNIT

GAIN

MOD
TMASU
BUNIT

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the gain of the TMA subunit. If this


parameter is set to 255, it is invalid and the actual gain
is not changed.

LST
TMASU
BUNIT

WRFD060003

GUI Value Range: 0~255


Actual Value Range: 0~63.75, step:0.25
Default Value: 255
Unit: 0.25dB

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
RXBRA
NCH

RXNO

DSP
RXBRA
NCH
LST
RXBRA
NCH
MOD
RXBRA
NCH

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of the RX channel of the


RRU or RFU.
GUI Value Range: 0~8
Actual Value Range: 0~8
Default Value: None
Unit: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

191

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RXBRA
NCH

RXSW

MOD
RXBRA
NCH

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the logical switch of the RX channel


of the RRU or RFU, which is set to ON by default. The
switch can be set by running the MOD RXBRANCH
command.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Unit: None

DSP
RXBRA
NCH

MRFD210602
WRFD060003

LST
RXBRA
NCH

GUI Value Range: ON(ON), OFF(OFF)


Actual Value Range: ON, OFF
Default Value: ON(ON)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
RXBRA
NCH

ATTEN

MOD
RXBRA
NCH
DSP
RXBRA
NCH
LST
RXBRA
NCH

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the attenuation of the RX channel


of the RRU or RFU.
GUI Value Range: 0~60
Actual Value Range: 0~30, step:0.5
Default Value: 0
Unit: 0.5dB

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

192

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMADE
VICED
ATA

SUBUN
ITNO

DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of the TMA subunit,


which starts from 1.

WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MODEL
NO

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA
DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Actual Value Range: 1~2


Default Value: None
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

TMADE
VICED
ATA

GUI Value Range: 1~2

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the model of the RET antenna


connected to the TMA.
GUI Value Range: 0~15 characters
Actual Value Range: 0~15 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

193

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMADE
VICED
ATA

SERIAL
NO

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD.

WRFD060003

DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA

BAND1

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Actual Value Range: 0~17 characters


Default Value: NULL(empty string)
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

TMADE
VICED
ATA

GUI Value Range: 0~17 characters

Meaning: Indicates band 1 supported by the antenna.


GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED), BandI
(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII), BandIV
(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI), BandVII
(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII), BandIX(BandIX),
BandX(BandX)
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,
BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII, BandVIII,
BandIX, BandX
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)
Unit: None

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

194

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMADE
VICED
ATA

BEAM
WIDTH
1

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 1.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to measure
the antenna pattern.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Unit: degree

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 1.

WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

TMADE
VICED
ATA

GAIN1

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Actual Value Range: 0~359
Default Value: 0

GUI Value Range: 0~255


Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0
Unit: 0.1dBi

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

195

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMADE
VICED
ATA

BAND2

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates band 2 supported by the antenna.

WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
TMADE
VICED
ATA

BEAM
WIDTH
2

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED), BandI


(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII), BandIV
(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI), BandVII
(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII), BandIX(BandIX),
BandX(BandX)
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,
BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII, BandVIII,
BandIX, BandX
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)
Unit: None

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 2.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to measure
the antenna pattern.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Unit: degree

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Actual Value Range: 0~359
Default Value: 0

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

196

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMADE
VICED
ATA

GAIN2

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 2.

WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

GUI Value Range: 0~255


Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0
Unit: 0.1dBi

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
TMADE
VICED
ATA

BAND3

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Meaning: Indicates band 3 supported by the antenna.


GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED), BandI
(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII), BandIV
(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI), BandVII
(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII), BandIX(BandIX),
BandX(BandX)
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,
BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII, BandVIII,
BandIX, BandX
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)
Unit: None

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

197

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMADE
VICED
ATA

BEAM
WIDTH
3

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 3.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to measure
the antenna pattern.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Unit: degree

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 3.

WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

TMADE
VICED
ATA

GAIN3

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Actual Value Range: 0~359
Default Value: 0

GUI Value Range: 0~255


Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0
Unit: 0.1dBi

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

198

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMADE
VICED
ATA

BAND4

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates band 4 supported by the antenna.

WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
TMADE
VICED
ATA

BEAM
WIDTH
4

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED), BandI


(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII), BandIV
(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI), BandVII
(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII), BandIX(BandIX),
BandX(BandX)
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,
BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII, BandVIII,
BandIX, BandX
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)
Unit: None

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 4.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to measure
the antenna pattern.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Unit: degree

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Actual Value Range: 0~359
Default Value: 0

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

199

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMADE
VICED
ATA

GAIN4

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 4.

WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

GUI Value Range: 0~255


Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0
Unit: 0.1dBi

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
TMADE
VICED
ATA

DATE

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA
DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the date when the antenna is


installed.
GUI Value Range: 0~6 characters
Actual Value Range: 0~6 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

200

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMADE
VICED
ATA

INSTAL
LERID

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the ID of the installation technician


who installed the antenna.

WRFD060003

DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA

BSID

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA
DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Actual Value Range: 0~5 characters


Default Value: NULL(empty string)
Unit: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

TMADE
VICED
ATA

GUI Value Range: 0~5 characters

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the base station ID. AISG1.1-based


TMA support a maximum base station ID length of 12
characters. If the input base station ID has more than 12
characters, only the first 12 characters are saved on the
TMA.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Default Value: NULL(empty string)

GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters


Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
Unit: None

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

201

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMADE
VICED
ATA

SECTO
RID

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the sector ID. AISG1.1-based TMA


support a maximum sector ID length of 4 characters. If
the input sector ID has more than 4 characters, only the
first 4 characters are saved on the TMA.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Unit: None

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the antenna azimuth.

WRFD060003

DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

TMADE
VICED
ATA

BEARI
NG

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA
DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters


Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Actual Value Range: 0~359
Default Value: 0
Unit: degree

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

202

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

TMADE
VICED
ATA

TILT

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the mechanical tilt of the


installation.

DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

WRFD060003

GUI Value Range: -100~300


Actual Value Range: -10~30, step:0.1
Default Value: 0
Unit: 0.1degree

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

203

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

12 Counters

12

Counters

There are no specific counters associated with this feature.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

204

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

13 Glossary

13

Glossary

For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see the Glossary.

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

205

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

14

14 Reference Documents

Reference Documents

1.

3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide

2.

3900 Series Base Station Commissioning Guide

3.

RRU3942 Hardware Description

4.

RRU3841 Hardware Description

5.

AAU3901 Hardware Description

6.

AAU3910 Hardware Description

Issue 02 (2014-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

206

S-ar putea să vă placă și